Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography: Blog https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog en-us (C) Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography (Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Wed, 03 Apr 2024 11:54:00 GMT Wed, 03 Apr 2024 11:54:00 GMT https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/img/s/v-12/u474012661-o738326270-50.jpg Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography: Blog https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog 90 120 I've fallen back in love with my Ultra Wide Angle Lens https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2024/4/ive-fallen-back-in-love-with-my-wide-angle-lens The first lens on top of my wish list when I was starting out as a landscape photographer was an ultra wide angle lens. As soon as I'd saved up my pennies I bought one and I absolutely loved it. It stayed on my camera 90% of the time and literally every shot I took was ultra wide to cram in as much of the vista as possible. Looking back now, I really wasn't utilising the lens to its maximum. I was just using it for the sake of using it, when other options would have been better to get the image I wanted. My preference then changed as my experience grew and I started using a telephoto lens and the more versatile 24-70mm. So this meant the poor old wide angle got ditched and I rarely used it. However over the last few years I've really fallen back in love with the little fella. Wide angle lenses are such great fun, super easy to use and you can create some wonderful images if you use them correctly. Of course they have their limitations and some times I would probably use another lens choice, but in the right situations they can be really really effective and creatively satisfying. 

A demonstration of the importance of strong foreground, mid ground and background in wide angle photography: Burnmoor Tarn LightBurnmoor Tarn LightLooking out from the side of Illgill Head to Burnmoor Tarn and Scafell beyond.

What is a Ultra wide angle lens:

So to quote Wikipedia 'An ultra wide-angle lens is a lens whose focal length is shorter than that of an average wide-angle lens, providing an even wider view'. In 35mm terms this is anything below 24mm. To put it into context your combined eye's field of view is roughly around 35mm. So a wide angle lens has a wider view than that of the human eye..pretty wide hey? So we've established what it is but what are the pros and cons for this type of lens for landscapes? 

The Pro's:

  • The wider view is perfect for landscape photography
  • They can create interesting and unique perspectives 
  • Easy to get good depth of field and front to back sharpness

The Con's:

  • Can have issues with distortion 
  • Good quality options are expensive 
  • Not the most versatile if you only carry around one lens

Getting close to our foreground helps to lead the viewer into the image:

Esk Pike SunriseEsk Pike SunriseBeautiful golden light on the summit of Esk Pike, looking out towards Allen Crag, Glaramara, Skiddaw and Blencathra.

Why I Love Using My Wide Angle Lens:

So why do I enjoy using them? For me and the genre of photography I practise, wide angle lenses are perfect for capturing those lovely vistas of the Lake District. I enjoy utilising interesting foreground in my images to lead the viewer into the scene and the wide angle view is perfect for this. The wide field of view kind of stretches the scene, so it makes subjects in your foreground appear bigger than they are, thus placing greater emphasis on them and making them a real feature. I don't tend to like taking multiple images, if I can get a shot in a single frame I will. Wide angle lenses have a great depth of field and it makes it really easy to get front to back sharpness with out the need to take multiple shots and blend together in post processing. Creatively they are also really fun. I love looking at different perspectives to keep my photography fresh and inspiring. Whether i'm shooting in landscape or portrait orientation with the wide angle lens, I can always create something interesting.   

Using portrait orientation to create interesting and unique perspectives:

Clearing Clouds - Goats HawesClearing Clouds - Goats HawesThe low cloud clears over Goats Water and Dow Crag. An image taken from Goats Hawes, which sits inbetween Dow Crag and Coniston Old Man.

My Top Tips for Using Wide Angle Lenses:   

Shocker....Foreground interest needs to be interesting:

Wide angle photography is all about your foreground for me. Foreground is the first part of the image the viewer will see, so we need to make the foreground interesting. Not only does it need to be interesting but it has to lead the viewer into the scene while complementing the rest of the image. I look for leading lines, triangles, s curves or try and mirror the background with my foreground. These are all tricks I like to use to create interest. Your foreground has to have context and not just plonking a great big rock in the scene for the sake of it, it needs to complement the image in question.

Get up Close and Personal: 

The beauty of the wide angle lens is you can get really close up to your foreground because the lens will make it look bigger than it is, so you can really emphasis the lower part of the image. This really opens up our options, for example, even the smallest of rocks can be used as they will appear bigger than they are. The focusing distance of wide angle lenses is small, so we can get really close up and be as creative as we like. You can also fill the whole frame by getting closer into the scene, so you don't have any wasted space in your image. 

Portrait Landscapes:

Why not try shooting in portrait, just because its a landscape shot doesn't mean it has to be in landscape orientation. With the huge field of view we can still accommodate the background, even if we are point the camera straight down at the foreground. Stretching the scene can make some really impactful and creatively powerful images. I also find because of the stretched view it can often make our background mountains seem a little more elongated due to the stretching and thus giving them more impact. Shooting landscapes in portrait can give familiar scenes a bit of a different twist and make them more unique and interesting. 

Shooting in portrait for a new twist on a familiar view:

Wast blogWast blog

Don't take out the Middle Man and shoot in Thirds:

While foreground is the basis for any good wide angle shot, we need to also consider your mid ground and background. These are essential compositional considerations that can further enhance and create the all important depth into our images. There is no point having a killer foreground interest that doesn't lead to anything. Adding a mid and background to run along side your foreground further helps the eye flow through the image to its intended destination. I usually shoot in thirds, with foreground occupying the lower third, my mid ground the middle third and mountains and sky the top third. Using this as our template is a good basis to start composing our images, as we really want that lower two thirds of the image to be interesting and start us off on the journey through the image.

Depth of field and Focus:

I find wide angle lenses super easy to use as the large depth of field makes it really easy for focusing and getting front to back sharpness in your images. I could go on about focusing and thats a complete subject in itself. However I'm not because in reality I like to keep it simple. In its most basic form I tend to shoot at a small aperture f11 - f16 and focus around the lower third of the image if shooting at around 20mm or wider. This tends to give me the desired depth of field. If I feel I need a little extra sharpness, I may take one image on the third and one at the distance and blend together, however I rarely need to do this. You can always take two as an insurance policy just incase. However I think we place too much emphasis on clinically sharp images, I've never had anyone look at a print of mine and say the background isn't sharp enough.

Filling the frame to maximise impact:

So if you can lay your hands on a wide angle lens I really would recommend it. Yes it does take a different mindset and approach to landscapes but once you have mastered these, it really does open your eyes to endless creative options. For me photography is about creativity and fun, the wide angle lens epitomises this in abundance. In fact, I rarely use my 24-70mm now on the fells. It is now my go to lens and i've created some wonderful images over the last few years. Never again will it be banished from my kit bag, indeed, it now holds pride of place as the top weapon in my armoury. If you wanting to get into landscape photography, for me, this lens is a must and honestly its worth the outlay of cash in the long run. Go wide or go home. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) angle landscape lens photography. wide https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2024/4/ive-fallen-back-in-love-with-my-wide-angle-lens Wed, 03 Apr 2024 11:53:50 GMT
The (White) Stuff of Dreams https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2024/2/the-white-stuff-of-dreams Its been a pretty decent start to 2024 for my photography with some really interesting winter conditions and enjoyable trips out with the camera. However, with being a fickle photographer, what I really wanted was a massive dollop of lovely snow. We had been treated to snow at the back end of last year, however I was unable to get out into the Lake District to enjoy them due to utter travel chaos which unfolded because of the severity of the snow. Well it looked like lady luck had been watching over me and granted my wish with a really health dump of the good old white stuff in January.....the only problem was it was in the week and I was in work. So I took an emergency holiday and just prayed that it would hang around long enough for my day off. Again luckily for me the temperatures where looking sub zero all week and this meant that the snow probably wasn't going to go anytime soon. So I planned a full days itinerary, prepared all my winter mountain kit and charged the camera batteries ready for action. 

First Light on the Scafell Massif and stunning Belt of Venus: 

Scafells Snow PanoScafells Snow Pano My first location was back to Dow Crag, which is part of the Coniston Fells, and a bit of favourite of mine. I've been going up to Dow Crag for the best part of a year as I've been convinced there is an image to be had looking North West. Well I think I had cracked the conundrum a bit earlier in the year and had failed on  few occasions to get the shot because of poor conditions, so I thought I would give it a crack in the snow. I arrived in Torver and would make the hike up through the quarries, to Walna Scar road and then the direct ascent up to Goats Water, Goats Hawse and then finally a left turn and  up to the summit of Dow Crag. The path ways from the outset where like a river of sheet ice, so my ice spikes were deployed straight away. This made life considerably easier and quickened my pace, for a while it was like Bambi on ice. All was going well until I hit Goats Water, then the conditions made it really tough going. The shoreline of Goats Water is very rocky with large bolders and picking your way through this in deep snow can be problematic and time consuming. All pathways were not visible so I had to plot my own route past the water and up to Goats Hawse. The ascent to Goats Hawse (in between Coniston Old Man and Dow Crag) is steep at the best of times but even more so with no visible path and energy sapping knee deep compacted snow. 

Dow Crag at Sunrise:  Scafells dow snowScafells dow snow

When I reached Goats Hawse my jaw dropped at the gorgeous snowy views and the pink and blue hues of a stunning belt of venus. I didn't have too much time to enjoy the view and had to press on as still a 15 minute hike to my destination and sunrise was approaching fast. I made it to the summit of Dow Crag literally 2 minutes before sunrise, I quickly set up, got all my winter clothing on and waited for the light. The views where stunning, maybe a little too much blue sky and not enough diffusion from clouds but I really wasn't complaining. I stayed around the summit for about 1 hour before I had to start moving and get my body warm. That can be the problem with winter photography, as it is a waiting game and not moving in sub zero conditions isn't good for the body and can cause hyperthermia. Sounds a bit dramatic but when we are dealing with -10 degree wind chills, keeping the body warm is essential. So off I trotted along the gorgeous ridge from Dow Crag down to Buck Pike and along to Brown Pike and Blind Tarn. I slowly made my way back to car enjoying the gorgeous snowy views and tagging a few images along the way. 

The Ridge - Blind Tarn and Brown Pike from the descent of Buck Pike:

The RidgeThe RidgeThe gorgeous ridge line from the decent of Buck Pike towards Blind Tarn and Brown Pike covered in some winter light. My sunset destination was a location I've definitely become a little obsessed with over the last year, with me visiting on four separate occasions. Illgill Head or Wasdale Screes too many, is a wonderful fell which affords unparalleled views of Wasdale Head, Yewbarrow, Kirk Fell, Great Gable, Lingmell and the Scafells. I set off from Irton Pike and it is a good 4 mile journey along the fells to the summit and that glorious view. Its quite a wet and boggy route and of course due to the temperatures this turned to ice so the spikes where yet again deployed making the hike easier to tackle. The snow wasn't as deep to begin with as I made my way over Whin Rigg but soon the going became tougher with deepening snow and gusty winds. Again I was up against it time wise as my journey over to Wasdale was slow with a few road diversions. I arrived on the summit of Illgill head just as we approached golden hour. I quickly set about finding a composition as the light was lovely and looking behind me there was a bank of ominous looking clouds and I may not see sunset if the sun gets caught behind them. It was a challenging shoot with the wind really picking up and the snow blowing across the fell top. I was having trouble keeping my camera still due to the strengthening winds and I was starting to get very cold. However I got my shot and I was pleased that a little cloud had materialised to add some depth and diffuse the sun which created some nice light and shade. The sun then dipped behind the cloud as predicted. Tired, cold and weather beaten, I decided to make the long snowy trudge back to the car before the long drive home. 

Red Pike and Pillar - Winter Moods:   Red pike winterRed pike winter

The walk back to the car was enjoyable, despite the icy patches, as I revelled in the wonderful day I had had. The conditions where spectacular and ones I hadn't experienced in the Fells for a very long time. It was an exhausting day with over 15 miles covered and in very arduous conditions but it was well, well worth all the effort and discomfort. Sometimes it's not about the photography and more about the experience of being out in the outdoors, especially with weather conditions that we are rarely treated to. Luckily on this occasion I came away with a few images I really like, but the over whelming sense of enjoyment and well being I took away with me will well and truly override any images I've taken. This day will stay long in my memory, an experience I can't put into words and one that I'm afraid the photographs probably can't convey fully, but hopefully they give you an idea of what it was like. Hopefully I will get to experience more snow before winter is out, although I shall not hold my breath, as these where exceptional circumstances. If we get no more of the white stuff, then at least I have these memories and images to keep me going until next year and spring is on the way, so its not all bad.

The Wall - Wasdale Head from Illgill head:

Illgill Head - Winter GoldIllgill Head - Winter Gold

Last Light across the Coniston Fells:

coniston fells winterconiston fells winter

Keep Smiling


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2024/2/the-white-stuff-of-dreams Sat, 24 Feb 2024 12:01:21 GMT
My Favourite Images of 2023 Part 3 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/12/my-favourite-images-of-2023-part-3 Final delve in to 2023. Probably going to be slightly shorter than the previous as the end of 2023 was a little bit leaner due to weather, work and family stuff. Winter is always a tricky one for me due to the daylight hours and as a result my productivity drops significantly. However I did manage some trips out and a couple, I have to say, being pretty darn memorable to say the least. In fact the two trips out in general will probably for the basis of this blog. So less of the waffle and let's get straight to it.

I avoid that place like the plague: 

Certain locations I really don't like visiting as they just don't float my boat. I like to be inspired by my location and some, on paper, just don't hold my attention or interest. Well I did say on paper, there are however some occasions when even the locations that don't inspire me do and I'm proved utter wrong with my opinions. This was definitely the case back in September. We were hit with some gorgeous foggy and still conditions and they leant themselves perfectly to a certain location. So off I trotted expecting a packed Tarn Hows with many photographers, in fact what I got was peace and quiet and the most wonderful conditions. The fog was heavy and the reflections like a mirror. I took a fair few images but I think when the mist started to clear and a touch of light broke through, these are my favourite images of the shoot. It just goes to show that in the any location, no matter how uninspiring it maybe to you can be spectacular in the right weather conditions. This was definitely the case and I was certainly inspired on that day. 

Tarn Hows Reflections:

Tarn Hows - Clearing CalmTarn Hows - Clearing CalmBeautiful clearing mists and reflections at Tarn Hows, Southern Lake District.

Tarn Hows - Clearing Mists:

Tarn Hows LightTarn Hows LightA rare moment of light breaking on a foggy day at Tarn Hows.

My word it paid off in the end:

Definitely the best conditions I've been witnessed to this year. I really had to withstand a brutal battering from Mother Nature before I got my reward. I don't think I've ever been so wet and cold as I was on this morning. I'd headed up to Pike O'Blisco for a specific shot, however after reaching the summit the low cloud and heavy rain swept in and I was pelted for nearly two hours with no shelter. Eventually the rain subsided to leave a very wet and cold photographer but also a gorgeous inversion over Great Langdale. The inversion alone was stunning but when it started to clear and the sun came out, well......what can I say? It was truly breath taking, drama, cloud inversion, amazing light, views.....it had it all. I literally took over 300 images, however my favourite are the ones below. Both are handheld panoramas of Great Langdale. I think this shoot will live long in the memory and also it was a timely boost after a fair few failed attempts. The moral of the story is to just stick it out and you'll get your just rewards. So for a number of reasons these have to go on the highlight list from 2023. 

Great Langdale Panoramic Moods:

Great Langdale PanoramaGreat Langdale PanoramaA 9 shot handheld Panorama of Great Langdale taken from Blake Rigg on a wonderful atmospheric morning.

Old Dungeon Ghyll Revealed:

Great Langdale - The RevelationGreat Langdale - The RevelationClearing mists revealing the Great Langdale Valley covered in splashes of gorgeous light.

The Great Blizzard of 2023:

Final images in these wee collection and some very welcome snow in the Lake District. Maybe a little too much snow for some as it caused absolute havoc. I was going to head into the Lakes but a last minute check of the weather chanced my mind and I'm really pleased I did as I wouldn't have got home. So I set off on foot to a lovely collection of trees I've shot a few times and before in snow but I wanted another crack at them. Well the conditions were near perfect, driving snow, white out conditions and the final touch of Autumn colour on the trees. I shot the trees from two different angles and I rather like both of them and they were exactly what I was after. Another one ticked off the return to list and a great way to end my round up of 2023. 

The Collective: 

The CollectiveThe CollectiveThis gorgeous set of Larch trees braving the blizzard conditions.

The Collective II:

The Collective IIThe Collective II

So that's it from 2023, interesting as one I look back on with a little frustration and lack of motivation, however its actually been very productive and I've really enjoyed some the images I've taken. Yes I would have liked to get out more, but sometimes you just have to accept this and enjoy the times that you do get out with the camera. Overall a very pleasing year and I'm now looking forward to 2024 and which direction my photography will go in. Thanks for all the support as usual and wishing you all the best for 2024.

Keep smiling


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/12/my-favourite-images-of-2023-part-3 Sat, 30 Dec 2023 14:27:11 GMT
My Favourite Images of 2023 Part 2 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/12/my-favourite-images-of-2023-part-2 So we move through to Spring and Summer at my retrospective look back at my favourite images of 2023. Spring is possibly my favourite time of year for Landscape photography for a number of good reasons. The main one being the colour palette within the landscape is beautiful and filled with vibrancy and freshness. The summer deep greens haven't set in and the some times bleak look of winter, when it's not presented in its wintery finery, haven't taken hold. It is a highly photogenic time of the year. It also becomes a time that signals an increase in my activity with the longer evenings being perfect for getting out after work for exploration. This year spring and summers was rather kind to me and I managed to grab some images I very pleased with indeed. So here are my favourites from the two seasons. 

Jaw Dropping: 

This was definitely a very special evening however it was very nearly not. I was hoping to hike up to Esk Pike but the weather had other ideas with an abundance of low cloud clinging the fell tops. So I sat in the clag for around an hour in the hope that it may clear. I was about to head down when I saw a break in the cloud above. So I made a dash for it to get a higher vantage point and was rewarded with the most stunning view. The tops of the Southern Fells a wash with glorious golden light just peeking above the clearing low cloud. I had no time for composition, so a sweeping 11 shot panorama was the only way to capture the scene in front of me and the magnitude of the conditions and view. I like to think I've managed this.  

Southern Fells PanoramaSouthern Fells PanoramaAn 11 shot panorama of the Southern Fells shrouded in clearing mists and gorgeous warm light. From left to right - Pike O'Blisco, Wetherlam, Black Sails, Cold Pike, Swirl How, Great Carrs, Coniston Old Man and Crinkle Crags.

A spring in my step.....well not really:

I've visited Tom Heights on many occasions over the years hoping for a particular shot of a certain collection of trees. Well I finally managed it this year. I'd love to say it was an enjoyable experience however I was nursing a badly pulled calf muscle and it was quite frankly agony. I literally crawled up the fellside, every step producing a sharp shooting pain up my lower leg, but it was worth it. With two minutes of arriving and setting up the light came and perfectly illuminated the silver birch and really made the fresh lime green leaves shine against the darker back drop. Really pleased with the composition here, as it think its perfectly balanced and great layering through the scene. Definitely worth the pain to bag this one. 

Tom Heights - Spring GreensTom Heights - Spring GreensEarly evening light illuminating the spring green silver birches on Tom Heights.

First Time Lucky:

Usually as landscape photographers, when visiting new locations, we don't always get lucky first time and we end up going back multiple times. However there are occasions that we just get darn lucky. This was definitely the case with this image from Wise Een Tarn. A location I've wanted to visit for years, but strangely never actually managed to get around to it. Anyway lady luck was definitely on my side with the most wonderful conditions to accompany the quite frankly awe inspiring view. I actually think this was my first shot on arrival and arguably the best I got from the whole session. I'm amazed this location hasn't been shot more because its an absolute little gem, definitely on I will return to in the future. 

Wise Een Tarn - Spring LightWise Een Tarn - Spring LightA gorgeous evening at the delightful Wise Een Tarn, South Lakeland. Uncommon Views and Interesting perspectives:

I'm always keen to find new and interesting views as it is very stimulating creatively. It can be difficult to find originality in the Lakes at many of the classic locations but sometimes if you search hard enough you can find something a little different. This image was taken from Goats Hawse, between Dow Crag and Coniston Old Man looking down towards Goats Water. The weather was superb, this was the tail end of a mega inversion over the Coniston Fells. I found this really interesting set of rocks, which snaked off towards Goats water. The clearing cloud and breaking light, combined with the interesting composition made for a really striking image, and one I'm really pleased with. 

Clearing Clouds - Goats HawesClearing Clouds - Goats HawesThe low cloud clears over Goats Water and Dow Crag. An image taken from Goats Hawes, which sits inbetween Dow Crag and Coniston Old Man.

Summer walks on quieter paths: 

Another location which is, again, one that I haven't seen photographed before and one from extensive scouting out a remote area of the Lakes. I've been a fair few times over the course of the last few years and one I will return to, hopefully with a touch of snow on the fells. Its one of my favourite views in the lakes looking towards the big boys of Scafell and Scafell Pike. The stone wall acts as a fantastic leading line and also breaks up the grassy landscape, which can be a little dull at times. I don't think I've quite got the optimum conditions as yet or time of year, I'm thinking a Winters evening. Anyway just an excuse to go back. Great conditions on this particular shoot, mood, light and a sublime view. A very pleasing image. 

Birker Fell Summer GoldBirker Fell Summer GoldSplendid views over Birker Fell towards the Scafells and Green Crag on a lovely summers evening.

Hmmmm wasn't expecting that:

There are many things which make a compelling image, Subject and light being the most important. I also like to throw in mood, atmosphere and experience. This shot probably represents all of those elements. It was a lovely evening with gorgeous sun and a touch of mood on the sky. Well it turned out to be a little more than I bargained for. Shortly after taking this image of this wonderful scene in Dunnerdale, the thunderstorm, torrential rain, hail and winds kicked in. I had to hide in a small woodland until the storm subsided. I love stuff like this and you simply don't get dramatic images if you don't put yourself in these types of conditions, where your likely to get an absolute soaking but the rewards and images can be spectacular. 

Dunnerdale Summer StormsDunnerdale Summer StormsLooking over Dunnerdale towards Harter Fell on a stormy summers evening.

Taking a chance and exploring:

Sometimes instead of sticking with the obvious locations, why not go to these place but have a little wander and see what else you can find. If there are a group of photographers with Tripods shooting a scene, then pick up yours and take a stroll and find something different. I was on Grange Fell, a lovely location but I had seen a lot of similar images from this place and I wanted to find something I hadn't seen before. So off I trotted and I'm so glad I did, as I found some gorgeous locations and compositions. You've just got to take a risk sometimes, it doesn't always work but on occasion it can really pay off. I love this image, its a great views, superb light and these trees are wonderful. One for a return in spring I reckon.  

Borrowdale Summer DramaBorrowdale Summer DramaBeautiful mood and light looking over Derwentwater towards Keswick and Skiddaw from Grange Fell.

So that's Spring and the Summer months. I will conclude my favourite images of 2023 with Autumn and Winter. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/12/my-favourite-images-of-2023-part-2 Tue, 26 Dec 2023 19:35:54 GMT
My Favourite Images of 2023 Part 1 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/12/my-favourite-images-of-2023 So here we are again, another retrospective glance back of the last 12 months of photography. I will be honest, this year has been a struggle for me. I've found the balance of work, family life and a huge helping of demotivation hasn't combined well with my photography. Having said that, when I have managed to get out I've very much enjoyed myself and produced some images I'm really quite pleased of. So much so as I planned this blog and started looking at images it became apparent that I'm going to have to split this blog up as I was simply not willing to chop down my selections. There has definitely been some WOW moments, epic weather conditions, stunning views and some trips out that will live long in the memory. So here is part 1 of 2023 and the Winter months. 

Six Years in Making:

The classic view from Loughrigg Fell over Loughrigg Tarn, Elterwater and toward Great Langdale is certainly a scene I've captured many times over the years. However I've had a specific shot in mind and I've been wanting to catch it for the last 6 years. Well in January, I finally got the chance. The composition was set, it was just a matter of waiting for the right conditions - moody clouds, gorgeous light and a splattering of snow on the fells. Definitely worth the 6 year wait and more visits than I care to remember. A great start to the year. Loughrigg Fell - Winter GoldLoughrigg Fell - Winter GoldA stunning morning on Loughrigg Fell looking towards Langdale with a dusting of snow on the fells. Visiting New Locations:

One thing I have tried to do this year is find new locations to fuel my creativity and motivation. It can become a little boring visiting the same locations, so to visit and potential find something that hasn't been shot before is very rewarding and stimulating. These two images perfectly represents that. I can't recall seeing either images before and that's very satisfying. It was also a wonderful morning out with great company and amazing views. Scafell and Burnmoor Tarn covered in some gorgeous morning light and more epic light over Burnmoor Tarn and Upper Eskdale.

Burnmoor Tarn LightBurnmoor Tarn LightLooking out from the side of Illgill Head to Burnmoor Tarn and Scafell beyond.

Light Over Burnmoor Tarn:

Breaking Light over Burnmoor TarnBreaking Light over Burnmoor TarnGorgeous light breaking across Burnmoor Tarn, Great How, Hardknott Fell, the Coniston Fells and Harter Fell.

Braving the storm:

Another image from the dramatic Western Lake district in February. I'd headed to Upper Eskdale hoping to catch some winter drama and I certainly did. I really like this image, yes it lacks my favourite ingredient for landscape photography...light, but what it lacks in that it makes it up with a strong composition and bags of drama and mood. I was absolutely pelted with an almighty hail storm and it was certainly a challenge but being out in these conditions can make for striking images. 

Hardknott Fell - Winter MoodHardknott Fell - Winter MoodA moody afternoon on the wonderful Hardknott Fell. The snow showers dancing across the Scafell Massif and upper Eskdale. Views don't come more dramatic.


Alpine Lake District:

Another trip that will live long in the memory. There was a huge amount of effort which went into this image, from trudging through knee deep snow in the dark, to waiting in freezing whiteout conditions for it to clear. However when it did clear it was absolutely stunning. Looking out from Black Sails towards The Langdale Pikes, Pike O'Blisco, Bow Fell, Crinkle Crags and the Scafells beyond. A pleasing composition for me as there is a lot of layers and elements to contend with and it was difficult to balance the scene. 

Snow and RockSnow and RockA beautiful snowy winters morning on Black Sails looking out over Greenburn, Wetside End, Scafell and the Langdale Fells. A very fine view indeed.

An Old Friend: 

Next on the list is from another of my favourite locations which I try to visit at least once a year...Harter Fell. I've never been when there has been snow, so when the opportunity presented itself, well I was up there like a shot.  I loved the contrast in this shot with the warm sun across the Scafells and the cooler tones of the snow on the flanks of Harter Fell. This was just an opportunist hand held shot as the sun hit the snow, not planned just a reactionary shot....which are sometimes the most satisfying.

Harter Snow PortraitHarter Snow Portrait

A Return to a classic with a Twist:

Blea Tarn is a Lake District classic, shot more times than well....a very well shot thing. Now I tend to avoid it like the plague, however I was on a lovely Winters stroll with the family which took in Blea Tarn. We stopped for our lunch and the winter light, frozen tarn was just too good to not get the camera out and grab a few shots. While walking back towards Great Langdale I turned around to notice the most amazing light across the set of trees behind Blea Tarn, so I grabbed a couple of shots before the light went. I really like this shot, its always good to find different angles and unique shots. It also goes to show you can get great shots in the middle of the day as well.  

blea frozen copyblea frozen copy

Blea with a Twist:

blea lightblea light

So that's January, February and March covered, not a bad little selection and some good winter conditions. In the next blog I will take a look at Spring and Summers. So stay tuned.

Keep smiling


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/12/my-favourite-images-of-2023 Sun, 17 Dec 2023 19:11:22 GMT
Spring Vibes - A productive Few weeks in one of my favourite Seasons https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/5/20-springvibes Ask most photographers what their favourite season is and they will probably say Autumn and/or Winter. These are wonderful times of the year for landscape photography and there is know questioning this. However one of my personal favourites is Spring, I think this season has a lot going for it. Not only for the vibrancy of the landscape but also the longer day light hours. Spring is a very accessible for me as I'm able to get out after work and enjoy the conditions and not just confined to the weekends. I love shooting silver birch trees and spring is a fantastic time to catch these beautiful trees with their new vibrant lime green leaves. The landscape has a freshness and rich colour palette after the bleakness that Winter brings. Sadly we only have a small window of opportunity before the deep greens of summer set in and I head back to the higher, rocky summits of Lakeland. Spring is perfect for those low level meanderings, taking solice amongst the trees and woodlands. I've had a relatively successful spring so far and in this blog I'm going to share some of my favourite images and locations I've visited. 

Tom Heights - Spring Greens

Tom Heights - Spring GreensTom Heights - Spring GreensEarly evening light illuminating the spring green silver birches on Tom Heights.

Tom Heights - With a Twist of Lime

birch tombirch tom

One of my favourite places to visit over the years has been the area just North of Coniston. There are a series of fells sandwiched in between Tarn Hows and Little Langdale and are perfect for indulging my love of silver birch trees. Holme Fell, Oxen Fell and Tom Heights are beautiful fells with an abundance of lone and groups of trees. Ideal locations for Spring and Autumn when the colours on the trees are at their optimum and the bracken hasn't reached chest height. I'm lucky really as this is an area which is quite close to me and one I've been able to enjoy over the years with relative ease. Spring is beautiful on these fells with the vibrancy of the spring greens, the deep burnt orange of the bracken and the fells still clinging onto their winter colours. The orientation of the sun is also great for those longer evenings, the combination of all these elements have made it a firm favourite with me. I ventured up a few weeks ago and I wasn't disappointed, the colours beautiful and the early evening light perfectly highlighted the birches, while leaving the fells behind in shadow, helping to really make those gorgeous trees pop. Probably one of my favourite images I've taken from this location. 

Wise Een Tarn - Spring Moods

wise springwise spring

Wise Een Tarn - Spring Moods 2

wise 4wise 4

I'm always trying to visit new locations and one I'd been meaning to visit for a good 5 years is a little place called Wise Een Tarn. Sitting above the Village of Near Sawrey in the Southern Lake District, this little tarn offers breathtaking views over towards Langdale and with a splattering of trees lining the tarn, I thought it would be a perfect spring location. So off I headed on a rather moody evening last week. Again I wasn't disappointed as I was blessed with glorious light and the location was beyond stunning. There wasn't an abundance of foreground and the majority of the interest is beyond the tarn and back drop. So it was a perfect place to get the long lens on and get close up to the trees and the fells beyond. The evening light beautifully washed across the trees and landscape illuminating them against the moody clouds. An image I've had in mind for a while and I'm very fortunate to bag this on my first ever trip to this corker of a place. It definitely won't be the last time either and I'm already thinking about what it will be like in other seasons. 

Kings How - Mackerel Spring

kings springkings spring

Kings How - Mackerel Sunset Skies


Another location I've frequented over the years is Kings How which sits in the Borrowdale Valley, Northern Lake District. It has two excellent views looking North over Derwentwater, Keswick and Skiddaw and South over Borrowdale towards Great Gable, Glaramara and Great End. In terms of topology it's very similar to Holme Fell with it being populated by lone birch trees. I can't tell you how many times I've visited but I'm yet to get the exact shot I'm after, but its a great excuse to keep going back. The weather was looking pretty promising as I made the drive north and the walk through woods that line the bottom of the fell. I arrived on top of Kings How only to find the cloud to be thickening and the sun struggling to break through. It looked like there would be minimal chance of the sun fully breaking, however I got set up and luckily not long after that the sun made a, very brief, appearance. It beautifully lit the trees and my foreground before the cloud swallowed it up and that was that. I had a good scout about for different compositions for the future before heading home. In the end it turned out to be quite a pleasing image, definitely worth the effort. Always a pleasure to spend time in this lovely location. 



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Spring https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/5/20-springvibes Sat, 20 May 2023 14:43:10 GMT
My Top Tips for creating easy Panoramas https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/5/my-top-tips-for-creating-easy-panoramas First things first, I'm a very lazy photographer. I don't like too much technical faff. If I can get an image in a oner then I will do it. I don't like shooting into the sun.....too much faff, don't like bracketing images....too much faff, I HATE panoramas......beyond faffy. Well that was until a couple of years ago, now I absolutely love panoramic images and shoot them all the time. Why the change of heart? Well the biggest influencing factor was my increasing love of shooting handheld with my 70-200mm lens. My biggest beef if you like, was messing around with the tripod and getting it level. I'd spend ages in the field making sure my tripod was dead level, only to get home and discover my pano was as straight as the leaning tower of Pisa. Shooting handheld has negated this issue and as a result made taking panoramic images very enjoyable and hassle free. Over the last few years I've really worked on developing my technique when out in the field and in this little blog I thought I'd share tips and my method on taking great handheld panoramic images. 

Burnmoor Tarn Panorama. 6 shot pano ISO 200, f5.6, 1/1000th sec @ 70mm. 

Breaking Light over Burnmoor TarnBreaking Light over Burnmoor TarnGorgeous light breaking across Burnmoor Tarn, Great How, Hardknott Fell, the Coniston Fells and Harter Fell.

The Why? 

A panoramic image is made up of multiple shots all merged together to make one super wide image. So why do we take them? Well firstly they are highly impressive looking and you can capture a wide vista that simply wouldn't be possible on a normal lens. Why not use an ultra wide angle lens? Well these are often expensive to buy and with ultra wide angle also comes a bucket load of distortion. Panoramas can be taken on a normal lens and they will give a more natural perspective to that of a wide angle lens. You can also print these images bigger because as it is multiple images combined they will yield a larger resolution and file size. Compositionally they are great as you can cut out any unwanted and dull foreground and concentrate on the main subject in your image. You don't have to worry about messing with depth of field, front to back sharpness, finding interessting foreground etc. You also have the ability to crop the larger panorama down to make other interesting images. As you can see they have a lot going for them and once you've nailed your technique you honestly won't look back.

Moasdale and Upper Eskdale Panorama. 8 shot vertical pano ISO 200, f6.3, 1/800th sec @ 70mm. 

Upper Eskdale and Moasdale PanoramaUpper Eskdale and Moasdale PanoramaDappled light over Upper Eskdale, Moasdale and the Scafell Massif.

Going Handheld: 

This was a game changer for me. Going handheld has opened up my photography creatively, reactively and unleashed me from the shackles that a tripod can bring. Since moving to handheld I've not messed up a panoramic image, I don't have any faffing around with levelling tripods, I simply point and shoot. I feel I have greater control over the creation of a perfectly level and clean pano. I can also quickly adapt to the changing light and scenes which I cannot do with a tripod. However, with moving away from a tripod we really have to be on the money with our technique and settings to get the best quality images. So my first tip is to practise shooting handheld and knowing what settings work best in these circumstances. Once you have mastered these it will open up real freedom and limitless creativity with your photography. 

Wastwater and the Lakeland Giants: 10 shot pano, ISO 200, f6.3, 1/1250 sec @ 70mm

Wasdale PanoramaWasdale PanoramaThe jaw dropping view over Wastwater towards Yewbarrow, Great Gable, Lingmell, Scafell Pike and Scafell. Surely one of the finest vistas in the whole of Great Britain. Taken on a beautiful winters afternoon.


The beauty of panoramas I find is we don't tent to have to worry about depth of field. I don't include foregrounds in my panos and let the wider vista be the star of the show, so from a settings point of view its easy peasy. I always shoot in manual mode because we want the panorama to have a perfectly consistent exposure across the frame so it can be stitched together seamlessly. If your shooting in an auto mode the camera may readjust your exposure every time you press the shutter button, so we need take control of this ourselves. My standard settings are usually ISO 200 (as a starting point), an aperture of f5.6 to f6.3 and my shutter speed to be greater than my focal length, for example if I'm shooting at 70mm I would like a shutter speed of at least 1/100 sec, that way I'm able to freeze the action and get lovely sharp images. To hit these faster shutter speeds we need to choose a wide aperture and higher ISO to let in more light. I find f5.6 perfect as it allows enough light to hit the sensor and increase that shutter speed as well as being the sharpest aperture for my lens. I always utilise my IBS (In body stabilization) when shooting handheld. This is another useful tool which is great for helping to minimise camera shake and allow use to use slower shutter speeds yet still maintain sharp images. I will stress it is still best practise to have a good understanding of the settings you need to create sharp images without the use of the IBS. 

Settings Recap:

  • Manual Mode
  • Shoot in RAW
  • ISO 200 (as a starter, don't be afraid to increase if necessary)
  • Aperture - f5.6 to f6.3
  • Shutter Speed - to be greater than your focal length ie shooting at 70mm have a shutter speed of 1/100 sec.
  • Switch on your IBS

Elterwater and Great Langdale Panorama: 11 shot panorama, ISO 200, f5.6, 1/640th sec @ 70mm.

Langdale PANOLangdale PANO


Now we need to look at the technique of actually taking the images. Like with our settings I like to set my focus manually as I don't want the auto focus to focus on different areas within the image. I tend to set my focus point manually and then use auto focus on that same spot throughout my pano, this will usually be middle of the frame and to infinity, this is the furtherest point in my image (far distance). I shoot my panos vertically this way when I do stitch them together and crop them I'm not losing too many mega pixels and resolution. It also gives far much more leeway when cropping and shaping your image than a horizontal shot panorama. When shooting your pano you will need to have an overlay of around 50% to guarantee the images will stitch neatly in post processing, it's better to take more images than less just to be sure. When we are ready to go with our settings we also need to make sure we are set up correctly with our body position.  I use the view finder and keep the camera as close to me as possible with my arms tucked in to my body with one arm supporting the lens. My feet are slightly apart and I'm side on for stability. While remaining in this stance I gently rotate my waist from left to right keeping the camera as level as possible taking my image. We want to keep our movements to a minimum to ensure a clean and controlled action. Once you've taken the image, remember to review them and make sure all images are in focus, if one isn't it will ruin your final panorama. 

Technique recap:

  • Select your focus point manually 
  • Focus to infinity
  • Shoot vertically 
  • 50% overlay on each image for easy stitching
  • Keep camera close to your body, legs apart, gently rotation from the waist left to right
  • Review images after taking

Southern Fells Panorama: 11 shot pano, ISO 200, f5.6, 1/500 sec @ 70mm

Southern Fells PanoramaSouthern Fells PanoramaAn 11 shot panorama of the Southern Fells shrouded in clearing mists and gorgeous warm light. From left to right - Pike O'Blisco, Wetherlam, Black Sails, Cold Pike, Swirl How, Great Carrs, Coniston Old Man and Crinkle Crags.

I won't go into too much detail of the post processing side, but I create my panoramas in Adobe Lightroom. There are loads of programs on the market and the image editor you use will probably have this function. There are many great tutorials online for helping you use the software, so if need be feel free to check those out. The main thing for me is to get your images right in camera first and foremost and the creating of the pano in software will look after itself. I can't really stress enough the importance of getting your settings and technique right, once you do you will be well away and will enjoy the freedom of creating stunning handheld panoramic images. I hope this little blog helped and you have taken something away from it. 



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Blog District handheld Lake Landscape Panorama photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2023/5/my-top-tips-for-creating-easy-panoramas Sun, 14 May 2023 16:36:22 GMT
The most important skills you need for landscape photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/6/the-most-important-skills-you-need-for-landscape-photography I often get asked what skills you need to become a good landscape photographer and my answer is usually greeted with a little surprise. The obvious one is you have to have an 'eye' for photography, yes you do but I think you can develop this over time and your 'eye' definitely changes over the years, I know mine has. The next is technical ability, again this can be learnt. We don't pick up our first camera and instantly know what we are doing do we...it takes time to develop. More so, I don't actually think you need bags of technical knowledge to take great photos, the basics are more than enough. Ok then you need an amazing camera. Not true, I've seen some wonderful images taken on less expensive cameras. Also does it really matter what mega pixels the camera is or how expensive it is? I don't think so. So what it is it i hear you cry? Well read on and I'll discuss what I believe are the most important skills you need for landscape photography. 

The last light on Stickle pike: Staying patience and not leaving before the end is crucial in landscape photography. 

Stickle Pike - The ReturnStickle Pike - The ReturnI decided to return to Stickle Pike on Sunday evening to give it another sunset attempt. I knew the shot I wanted so it was just a matter of setting up and waiting for the light. I arrived a good hour before golden hour and it wasn't really looking overly promising with a large bank of cloud on the horizon blocking the sun. So I waited and waited and then eventually 10 minutes before sunset the sun found its way through the tiny gap of cloud and I got 1 minute of lovely light. I managed just three shots as the light developed and then that was it, the light faded as quickly as it came and I packed up and made my way home.


Ok first on my list is patience. Landscape photography is all about the long game. I can spend hours standing on a mountain waiting for that one moment of light...and often that is all we get and really all we need. Unfortunately we can't always predict when that moment is going to happen and often it is just a matter of waiting and sometimes to the bitter end. Having the patience to sit it out is so important, how many times have you thrown in the towel, packed up and set off back to the car and then boom the light hits. Sound familiar? It's always worth waiting to the end as you never know what is going to happen, nature has a habit of doing this. I'd rather get home half an hour later and have grabbed my shot than set off early and miss out. This happened to my on Sunday evening. I was on Stickle Pike in the Duddon Valley, the weather wasn't really playing ball as a large bank of cloud was blocking the sun. I waited for around two hours and eventually 10 minutes before sunset, the sun got through the smallest gap and cast some lovely light for about 1 minute and then that was it. I could have easily gone home, but I stayed patient and got my shot. 

Ray of Light: Often the most amazing conditions come in challenging weather.

birk fell raysbirk fell rays


Another key attribute you need in landscape photography is determination. This one is so important and covers a lot of bases for me. You really have to demonstrate a high level of determination if you want to produce great images, as often the best conditions come from enduring the bad conditions first. This really isn't easy to do and you have to be willing to be battered by the elements and ride out the storm. If you can do this the rewards can be huge and you can witness some amazing conditions. A great example of this was from a few weeks ago on Birk Fell. The weather conditions were absolutely brutal with gale force winds, a cold wind chill and low cloud. I could have easily turned around and gone home such was the uncomfortable nature of the weather, but I was determined to wait it out and hoped the conditions would be epic and they certainly were with gorgeous shafts of light breaking through the clouds. In my experience you don't stumble across great conditions and you have to get up early, get home late, walk for hours, wait, wait and wait some more and often in challenging conditions....this all takes huge determination to do and not everybody can do this.

Lighting Wasdale: This epic view and light was my reward for the 10 mile hike, half of which was in the dark. 

Great End IIIGreat End III Time and Effort: 

We have to invest a lot of time and effort into our photography if we want to get stunning images. On an average shoot I can spend 4-5 hours in the field when out with my camera....some times it can be more. This is a huge investment in my time and sadly I'm not always blessed with this amount of time with other commitments in my life. However you need to make time in order to get the images you want, rushed photography isn't good photography. Photography takes a hell of a lot of effort. Getting up early in the morning, travelling to our destination, then for me a long hike to get to my final destination, often hiking in the dark, waiting around for hours often in harsh conditions and then the same for the journey back. Thats a huge undertaking of both time, physical and mental effort and not everybody has the willingness to do this, but for me you don't get to these places at the right time of day without considerable time and effort involved. If it was that easy we would all be doing it. 

If you don't succeed try, try and try again: Sometimes you don't get the image you want on the first attempt and have to keep going back time and time again until you get the shot you want. 

Catbells Winter DawnCatbells Winter DawnA beautiful crisp winters morning on the summit of Catbells. One of the finest views in the Lake District looking over Derwentwater, Keswick and Skiddaw and Blencathra. Resilience: 

Landscape photography can be so very frustrating, we spend all that time and effort and sometimes we have absolutely nothing to show for our huge effort and thats not easy to take. In fact that can be a real turn off for many photographers. Unfortunately is a stark reality that we can often go home empty handed. We aren't guaranteed that the weather gods are going to play ball and we are going to get the rewards for our effort. Sometimes we have to have the resilience to keep going back time and time again to get the shots we want. I've had numerous barred spells when i've been out and come away with nothing and its very frustrating, but its the nature of it. We just have to put this behind us and go again and again. I've been to various locations time and time again and some I've still not got the image I've wanted, but I will keep going back until I do. You make your own luck to a degree and you've got to roll with the punches and keep going, your luck will change and it will be worth it all in the end. 

The Golden Tree: Taken after a morning of heavy rain, but when the light came through it was absolutely stunning. I was absolutely soaked to my very skin.

Autumn Head (1 of 1)Autumn Head (1 of 1)The afternoon light hits this gorgeous silver birch tree with all of its Autumnal colours. Taken in Cummacatta Woods, Borrowdale, Northern Lake District.

I've always believed that you can learn most things in photography over time when it comes to the workings of your camera and the various technicalities and processes. However I think patience, determination, effort and resilience can't be learned and it's a part of you as a person. You've got to want to get out of bed at 1 o'clock in the morning, hike in the dark, stand in the cold waiting for that one moment. Not everybody can or wants to do this and i think this sets you apart from more casual photographers. Amazing conditions often don't just fall into your lap, you've got to go and find them and tackle them head on. The best photographers I see are those that go the extra mile and get out in all conditions. Are they technically better than other photographers, maybe or maybe not but having that desire to stand in the rain just waiting for that one small moment sets them apart and gives the advantage when it comes to making epic landscape images. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Landscape photography Skills. https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/6/the-most-important-skills-you-need-for-landscape-photography Fri, 03 Jun 2022 08:22:58 GMT
Shooting Outside of Golden Hour https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/4/shooting-outside-of-golden-hour If you want awesome landscape images then you MUST shoot in the golden hour. It is without doubt the best time to be out and about with your camera. The light is golden, warm and caresses the landscape. There is no point in getting your camera out of your bag at any other time of the day.....as the light will be too harsh and your images will be awful. Well thats what I thought for years....madness. Ok there is a degree of truth as golden hour is definitely the optimum time to be out with your camera. Big but time...but that's not to say that we can't get great conditions and images outside of these times. When I was starting out I rarely took images outside of golden hour. I was heavily influenced by what the experts told me. In fact I was even known to pack my gear up as soon as golden hour had finished and head off down the fell before you could say 'harsh light'. I know that sounds stupid and it really was. Yes I was taking it to the extremes but thats all I was hearing...only golden hour will do. After a while it became apparent that I was vastly reducing my time out with the camera and potentially missing out on great conditions because of my golden hour snobbery. Now I'm pleased to say I've jettisoned this ridiculous approach, so much so I've taken some of my favourite images outside of golden hour. So in this little blog I'm going to talk about why I shoot outside of golden hour, how I approach it and what I look for. 

Great Gable Moods - An image taken in the height of summer around 4-5 hours after sunrise. The cloud really helped to diffuse the light and add atmosphere to the image.

Great Gable MoodsGreat Gable MoodsGorgeous moody conditions looking towards Green Gable, Great Gable, Scafell, Kirk Fell, Dubs Bottom and Green Crag. This shot was taken just off the summit of Fleetwith Pike. The light was really nice and proof that you can take images in the day time. A view I think I will return to in the future. Absolutely stunning.

Why I shoot outside of golden hour?

The biggest reason I shoot outside of golden hour is because I absolutely love using my camera and I want to maximise my time out with it. Who in their right mind would want to limit the time of something they love doing? I know I don’t. I work full time, have a young family and I'm not always blessed with bags of time on my hands. I have to juggle my time out with the camera to incorporate work and family. So if I do have a spare 5 minutes to go out with the camera, I need to be grabbing the opportunity with both hands regardless of the time of day. Granted I’m not guaranteed to get an image and sometimes the camera doesn't even come out of the bag but at least I have it with me if the opportunity arises. If you don’t try you will never know. At the very least I've been out and enjoyed the outdoors and I may just find something to go back and shoot another time. 

The Borrowdale Golden Tree - Taken at midday, after a wet morning the sun came out and produced some epic light on the Autumnal colours on the tree.

Good Light is good light:

Ok, on paper golden hour is definitely the optimum time to take photographs, we've already established that. However that’s not to say we can’t and don’t get good light at other times of the day. Just because the light isn’t the magic golden light all photographers crave doesn’t mean it’s not beautiful in its own right. I like to trust my eye and not so much what the experts are telling me these days. If a scene looks appealing to me and the light looks nice then I’m going to take the shot regardless of the time of day. As I always say…if something catches your eye it’s always worth investigating further. I think we need to get out of the mindset that only golden hour will do, we need to trust our instincts and judge every situation on its own merits regardless of time of the day. Sometimes it works and sometimes it doesn’t but that’s just the make up of photography in general. You really have nothing to lose and everything to gain.

Oxen Fell - Autumnal moods - taken around 1pm on a lovely afternoon hike up Oxen fell. The passing rain showers helped to create fantastic mood and splashes of lovely light.  

Holme Fell BlogHolme Fell Blog

Tis the season to be snappy:

In the Autumn and Winter months there is little doubt that the light is going to be less harsh than say in the summer. The reason being is that the sun doesn’t get as high in the sky and as a result the low angle of the sun will make for more pleasing softer shadows and light. This also means we can get warmer light for longer as the magic hours are extended due to the low angle of the sun. This type of light can really transform images and give the landscape a 3d look. I also find that in these months the general landscape has a wider and warmer colour palette which lends itself better for photography than in the summer months, when we have 50 shades of green. I also find that the air clarity is better in these months as well and we don't have the usual summer haze to contend with. I believe the combination of these factors can give us better conditions to work with and a higher success rate all day long. 

Utilise the weather:

Weather of course plays a huge roll in photography. When we choose a day for going out at sunrise/sunset for instance we always look at the weather and opt for the better day..right? Well this should be no different when shooting in the daytime. We need to choose carefully. For example I’m less likely to go out on a clear sunny day in the summer months opposed to one with more cloud cover and potentially more interest. I scan the weather apps obsessively and look for days with various conditions which are likely to yield better results. I love days with sun and cloud, fog and mist, rain and sun etc. As the sun gets harsher in the day, we want to use the weather that diffuses the sun and makes it softer and easier to work with. All the conditions I’ve mentioned can act as a natural diffuser or produce dramatic light or atmosphere, which is so very important in making striking images. 

Rydal water Lone Tree - Mist and fog really helps to create atmosphere and you can shoot for hours in these conditions 

rydal tree min-2rydal tree min-2

Allow yourself that little more time:

As a rule, I will always try to be on location a good hour before sunrise and stay for at least two hours after as a bare minimum. This way I’m getting a good 3 hours to work with. If I have more time then even better. Allowing ourselves that little more time with greatly increase our chances of success. Often photography is a waiting game and we don’t always get the light we want straight away. So by being patient and not packing up and going home, we have more chance of grabbing that image. Having some light its better than no light because we scurried off home to quickly. Having more time can also take the pressure off, as sunrise can usually be a mad dash. So having more time can help to refine our images and work on compositions.

Go Black and white:

If your shooting in bright sunshine with lot of contrast then these conditions are perfect for striking B&W images. Great B&W photos are the ones which have that lovely play off between the dark and the light. I find this perfect for when your up in the mountains with the long lens and you can pick out moments of fleeting light on gloomy days. Converting the images also helps if you aren’t presented with a less than interesting colour palette, like in the summer months when we are presented with haze, flat colours or the dreaded deep greens. 

Bow Fell and Crinkle Crags B&W - An image take a couple of hours before sunset in the summer, very hazy day and quite flat colours but converting to black and white and playing with the contrast, shadows and highlights in Lightroom really help to make an impactful image. 

Bow Fell bw PrintBow Fell bw Print

Shoot in RAW and get creative in the editing suite:

The advancement in editing software allows us to be a little bit more creative with our images if we don't quite get the conditions we want. We have the ability to play with the differing tones, convert to B&W, reduce saturation, play with shadows and highlights and essentially mold them in anyway we see fit. Yes we still need to produce a good image to start with, but utilising your editing skills can certainly help to produce the images you want and more visually appealing to view. Editing is an extension of the creative process and there is nothing wrong with tweaking your images to achieve your vision. 

The Head of Great Langdale - An image taken on a family walk, shot around lunch time.

Great Langdale PanoramaGreat Langdale PanoramaLooking towards the head of Great Langdale with Side Pike, Pike O'Blisco, Crinkle Crags, Bow Fell and the wonderful Langdale Pikes. An inspiring view for sure and one that never fails to inspire me.

Really its all about being open minded and enjoy your photography whatever the time of the day you are out. I think we can get too hung up on doing what the so called experts tell us. We just need to trust our instincts and take that shot if looks good. Dismissing certain conditions can be a mistake and I'd rather have my camera with me at all times, whether it be on a family walk or just out and about, than not having it and potentially missing out. We really have nothing to lose with this approach. I see it this way, if I'm out and see something that catches my eye and I haven't brought my camera then I'm going to be really disappointed, more so that taking my camera and getting absolutely nothing. Yes choose your times wisely but never dismiss daytime shooting and embrace that so called harsh light. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) daytime district Golden Hour lake Lake District Photography photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/4/shooting-outside-of-golden-hour Tue, 19 Apr 2022 16:32:31 GMT
Winters Final Hoorah? https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/4/winters-final-hoorah I don't think its been a vintage winter, well not from my point of view anyway. Ok, don't get me wrong, I've experienced some joy but not nearly as much as I would have liked. The really great conditions have been fleeting at best and usually have fallen when I'm stuck at work. Sadly for me I don't have the flexibility to drop everything and get out with my camera when the conditions present themselves. So I'm relying on a huge slice of luck and all the elements aligning perfectly on either a Saturday and Sunday........which rarely happens in my experience. In all honest I'd completely given up this year with temperatures topping 16 degrees a few weeks ago. In fact I'd even contemplated dusting off the old shorts and putting the winter jacket away for the year.  Winter couldn't have been further from my mind, especially with the promise of spring around the corner. However Mother nature had other ideas and had a little treat in store with a cold snap which promised some of the good old white stuff. Would my luck be in and would I catch some amazing winter conditions on what surely would be winters final hoorah. 

Hardknott Fell Frozen Dawn:

Hardknott Fell Frozen DawnHardknott Fell Frozen DawnI certainly wasn't expecting these conditions in early April considering it was topping 16 degrees a week or so ago. However winter was definitely back this weekend. An image taken from the awesome Hardknott Fell looking towards the impressive wall that is the Scafell massif at the head of Upper Eskdale. A fine view normally but with a covering of snow it looks beyond epic.

I had braced myself for the inevitable snow in the week when I would be working and I wasn't far from the mark with a good dump of snow on Wednesday/Thursday. I watched rather miserably as the plethora of bragging Instragram stories about how wonderful the conditions were and 'WHAT A MORNING' posts. I'm sure they are not intended that way but sometimes it really feels like it, especially when your trapped in the office with more chance of going on a date with Kim Kardashian that getting out with the camera. As we crept nearer the weekend the snow receded quicker than my hairline and I'd given up hope of playing in the snow. However I made my usual plans to head out on Saturday morning and I decided to pick a location which would maximise any potential of snow in pure desperation. So I picked Hardknott Fell which has the most wonderful view of the Scafell massif, if anywhere would have snow surely the tallest mountain range in England would? Snow or not, its a wonderful location and i've definitely got unfinished business from this particular location. 

Sunrise over Wrynose: 

Wrynose SunriseWrynose Sunrise

I made my way into the heart of the Lake Districts Wild West, Upper Eskdale, a rugged and remote landscape. On the journey there was no real indication there would be snow on the higher fells. I reached Hardknott Pass and the road looked passable with no obvious signs of snow or ice. I crawled up the winding pass to the top, parked up, got my gear and made the 25 minute walk across the fell to the summit. As I was walking up I noticed that there seemed to be a decent amount of snow on the Fells to my right, so I was hopeful that the Scafell's would have a good covering. As I approached the summit the first tantalising view of the Scafells came into sight and I wasn't disappointed. The summits looked cloud free and the white snow glistened in the pre sunrise ambient light. It only got better as I reached the summit to find a fresh covering of snow on the ground....to say I was pleased was an understatement. The view from Hardknott is spectacular but even more so with a helping of snow. I made my way to a little tarn I discovered on my last trip and thought that would make a good starting image. The tarn was surrounded by snow and the partially frozen making for really interesting foreground to compliment the amazing backdrop. 

Scafell Pike - Winter light:

Scafell PikeScafell Pike

The pressure was off after grabbing my first image before the sun had even risen, so I had a brew and just waiting for some light. There was a large amount of cloud where the sun was due to rise and the gap on the horizon was getting smaller with the thickening cloud, so I knew that I wouldn't get much light on my scene straight away. I had a wander on to the summit to gain some altitude to see what the sun was doing. It was at this point the sun started to get above the cloud and creep above Wrynose Fell, so I grabbed my camera and took a few shots of the sun rising over Wrynose Pass, it looked wonderful with a splash of light and wonderful mood and colour in the sky. Shot number two in the bag, this was going better than expected. The sun then disappeared into the cloud and would that be it for the sun, it certainly looked like it. A quick check of the weather confirmed my suspicions and it looked like I wouldn't get any sun for a good few hours at best. However I was pleased this far and anything else would be a bonus, so I decided to wait it out for an hour or so and see what would unfold. A round an hour and some very frozen hands and feet later, splashes of light started to develop, the cloud was on the move and the sun was on the way. This called for around half an hour of mayhem as I moved locations and compositions to suit the changing light. It was a rush but absolutely glorious and a pleasure to be out. 

Hardknott Fell and Upper Eskdale Winter Light: 

Hardknott summit lightHardknott summit light Around 8.30am I decided to call it a day having had the best of the conditions and feeling really rather cold. I was on a complete high with a feeling I've not had for a good few months while out with my camera. It's days like this that drag me out of bed at ridiculous hours, force me to climb up hills in the dark and gives me the determination to stand around waiting for that one moment of light. When it all falls into place there is no better feeling and sets me up nicely for the weekend. It's very fine margins in photography, having one good productive trip out with the camera makes all the difference. Ok it's not going to make or break a season by any means, but it does make all the failed attempts and disappointment of missing conditions easier to take. This is probably more to do with me than anything else, I'm sure most people would look at my winter images and wonder what I'm complaining about. Thats just how we are designed as photographers and we are never satisfied with our lot. I'm definitely happier after this shoot but if Mother Nature wants to cram in a little bit more snow this weekend I wouldn't complain.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) district Hardknott Lake pass Scafell Snow Winter https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/4/winters-final-hoorah Wed, 06 Apr 2022 14:41:50 GMT
The Importance of understanding Light and How I use it in my photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/1/the-importance-of-light-and-how-i-use-it-in-my-photography There are many elements which make up a visually appealing image....subject, composition, editing but without doubt the single most important factor for me is light. Light transforms images, it gives them depth, it helps create mood and atmosphere. If you want people to be wowed by your landscapes then you need to consider how to use light to its optimum. For me it's the most important part of photography and its something I look to incorporate into all my images...if possible. I look for that lovely golden light which warms and casts lovely light across the landscape. If you look at my gallery you will notice I don't tend to take a lot of sunrise or sunset shots of colourful skies, this is because when I look to take an image I'm looking for the golden light hitting my scene are really give it some pop. I use various tools and techniques to get the maximum light in my shots, but its not all due to luck and there is a fair amount of planning than can go into it and give me the best chance of getting my shots. So in this blog i'm going to share some of the resources I use and what I look for when shooting with light. I will use a recent trip up to High Stile as an example, as it was a location I hadn't been before so I researched it extensively before I visited to give me the best chance of success.  

An understanding of where the sun will rise or set.

Firstly I will do my homework on the location I want to visit. The first consideration is having an understanding where the sun is going to be when it rises or sets in relation to your location or what you want you want to shoot. There are many apps on the market where we can look at the location of the sun and these are a really essential tool for planning your photography shoots, especially if you can't visit locations often. Obviously the sun moves throughout the year, so a location will be affected in different ways in different seasons. So unless I've visited this location number times and understand it well, I will always check where the sun will rise or set. I usually look for side light and back light in my images and these apps help me to predict this. I use The Photographer's Ephemeris (TPE), which is available as an app on your phone and your desk top. Once I've identified where the light is coming from, I then go a step further in my next planning phase.

Knowing where the sun is rising/setting is a great starting point in your research:

Screenshot 2022-01-06 at 21.00.29Screenshot 2022-01-06 at 21.00.29 Where will the light fall? 

We can also use other apps and websites to determine where the light will fall through out the day, this is another useful tool when looking to incorporate light into our images. We can investigate if the location of choice will get the desired light we want at the time of day/year we want to visit. This has become an invaluable tool, especially if I haven't visited this location before. Nothing worse than tramping up a fell and realising the light doesn't hit were you want it. This type of planning can really help and save you a lot of wasted effort. I use Google Earth Pro on my desk top, but TPE and other apps are available as well. I used this extensively while preparing to hike up High Stile. It gives me a 3d visualisation of where the light falls throughout the day. I knew that this location was perfect for sunset with the light hitting all the right places at the golden hour.

Google Earth Pro is an excellent tool for predicting where the light will hit at a given time of day and year. I use this regularly when planning my photography trips.

Screenshot 2022-01-03 at 09.52.16Screenshot 2022-01-03 at 09.52.16 Check the weather:

This is pretty obvious but make sure you have a good understanding of the weather. My first port of call is Met Office. I have used them for years and find them pretty accurate. I will also use Mountain Weather Information Service www.mwis.org.uk. This is particularly good when we are heading into the fells as it gives full details of the mountain conditions, from cloud cover to wind speed on the summit. I also use an app called clear outside, which is another useful tool to use in tandem with the other weather websites. I use this app for an indication on the cloud cover and also for fog and mist. There are other apps out there but these are the ones I use and have had good success with. My preferred conditions are cloud and sunshine, especially when shooting wide landscape shots, I also look for good visibility and medium to high cloud. I use all these apps in conjunction with a large pinch of salt, as the weather people have been known to be wrong before. 

On Location:

So after all my planning and theory I'm ready to get out in the field to my chosen location. Typically I would like to be at my location early to get a feel for the place and see how the light will fall when I'm on site, this gives me an idea how the light might fall later in the shoot. I will then look to form my composition based on my research and how I predict the light to fall having observed it. Once I'm set up and happy with my composition I will then wait for the light to become warmer. This is usually around 1 hour before sunset and after sunrise, however this can vary depending on the season. It's at this time when the light is at its very very best and the time to get your game face on and grab those images. Once the light comes I will take a series of images over the course of golden hour and as the light develops. This way I have multiple images and I simply choose the one with the optimum light, as it will change considerably over the course of an hour. I would never just take one shot and always take plenty, you can always delete the ones you don't want later.  

Compositional thought processes when on location: How I interpreted the scene while on site. Screenshot 2022-01-03 at 12.16.19Screenshot 2022-01-03 at 12.16.19

What I look for when using light:

First and foremost its all about the quality of the light. If we want the best quality light then your either going to need to get out of bed or stay out late. Shooting in the golden hours really takes an ordinary image and gives it that extra gloss. Its like having a beautifully prepared meal but without the salt and pepper, it will lack flavour. It's also this gorgeous horizontal light which really shows off the landscape at its very best with soft warmer tones and delicate shadows. I ideally like using side light but when the light is at its best you can have joy shooting at different angles. Shooting in these times certainly gives you every opportunity to capture better images. I also like images with multiple areas of light and shade, it's this type of light that really helps to add depth to my images. The play off between warm golden light and the slightly darker delicate shadows really creates the feeling of depth. It can add real dynamics and pop to our shots. If I'm shooting a wide landscape then I like my foreground to be lit and this always gives the eye a place to start before its drawn into the image and the other areas of light. This worked perfectly on my High Stile golden hour shot with lovely foreground light leading up to the warm light washing across the fells. 

The final image: This was probably shot no. 20 of this particular location and one where the light was at its very best.

High StileHigh Stile Its not really rocket science but I know what I like and what I look for in terms of light and how I like to present it in my images. However in summary the biggest thing for me is having that understanding of how the light will fall, where it will fall and the quality of the light. Once we know this then we can have more success using the light in our images. Giving yourself plenty of time when your location can also help, as we have time to asses our surroundings and be set up ready for the best of the light and not run around like a headless chicken. In terms of what I look for, well again it's pretty straight forward, it's the play off between light and shade and that golden light. Having multiple areas of light, especially foreground and back ground, I find works really well to draw the viewer into the image. So that is my work flow when planning and understanding light. I hope you found this useful and can take something away with you. 

Keep smiling


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District golden hour. Lake Light Planning https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/1/the-importance-of-light-and-how-i-use-it-in-my-photography Sun, 16 Jan 2022 11:08:14 GMT
NEWS: January Sale - 20% off ALL Prints https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/1/news-january-sale---20-off-all-prints sale 20sale 20 I pleased to announce that I will be offering 20% off all my Lake district Photography fine art and standard prints and mounted prints. Simply use the discount code JAN20 to receive your 20% off. This offer will run for January only, so if you are looking to spice up your walls then don't delay and pick yours up today. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) art district fine lake mounted prints sale https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2022/1/news-january-sale---20-off-all-prints Sat, 08 Jan 2022 15:46:22 GMT
Tim Dove Photography - Business Review 2021 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/12/tim-dove-photography---business-update After sharing my favourite images from 2021, I thought I would offer a quick business update as well. Its been a really positive year and again one which has seen an overall growth in my business. So much so that I've almost doubled my turnover from last year. Looking back I've seen year on year growth and hopefully this trajectory will continue into next year. So whats the reason for the growth? The main reason has been a really strong year on print sales. It has been without doubt my best to date. A contributing factor has been the gallery in Coniston. I had sold my work in another shop for a number of years, but sadly this never took off. However the gallery in Coniston has seen a really positive start and a mixture of mounted prints and framed prints have sold really well, a big thanks to James at the gallery for his support. The New Year will hopefully see me become the premier photographer in the gallery with more wall space and a wider collection of mounted and framed prints on offer. Hopefully the increased space will raise greater awareness with the showcasing of my work. Website sales have also been stronger this year and hopefully this will be another area which I can grow and improve on. The calendar preformed well again and has become a bit of a constant for my business over the last four years. I've also sold a few more digital downloads to companies this year for use on marketing material and hopefully this will continue and I can grow my portfolio of clients and this side of the business. 

The Gallery - One of the number of reasons for a strong year was the introduction of the gallery in Coniston

gallery 3gallery 3

Going Digital - My digital images being used on marketing material for multiple clients:


Website traffic has increased this year with quite a large volume of visitors, so thats been a real positive and hopefully this can continue. I've worked hard to keep my website on the first pages of google with regular updates, blogs and content. My social media has seen growth on both Instagram and Twitter, however I'm still struggling with Facebook and seem to be stuck on the same followers I've been on for years. I just can't seem to grow that page and thats something I look to address this year, as I still see facebook as very important to my business, maybe more so than Instagram. I believe the gallery has helped my website as well as doing the odd craft market as this helps to raise more awareness of me and my products and services. One area I'm going to step back from is the workshops. While these have been enjoyable, they do take a lot of time and now I'm back in full time employment I have less time on my side and something has to give. I certainly enjoy being out with the camera capturing images and the selling side more, so regrettably workshops has had to make way and printed products will be my main focus moving forward. 

In Print - A really strong year on prints. Introducing mounted prints ready to fit into standard frames have sold well and the introduction of better packaging and branding:

Mounted 1 printMounted 1 print

The plan for 2022 is to further increase my portfolio of images for both my online shop and the gallery. I see the gallery as an area with real potential to grow after a positive first six months. I may look to add a few more products but I will definitely be focusing on prints, mounted prints and framed prints first and foremost. I will also be looking to increase my digital download business and hopefully add more clients to my portfolio. This is an area I would loved to grow and I've enjoyed working with different clients. I will continue to regularly add content on to my website and keep it up to date. Social media and in particular, Facebook, will be a major focus point this year as I look to grow my page to 3000 followers (thats going to be tough). I will maybe look to do a couple more craft fairs this year, as is a good way to get out and meet people and raise awareness of my business and images. All in all a very positive year for me as a photographer and from a business perspective. So I have plenty to work on and I'm keen to build on the momentum of this year and build further. Once again thank you for all who has supported me this year by buying a print or calendar, this really does help me to keep going and there is nothing more satisfying than knowing my products are on display on peoples walls. 

I wish you all a happy, healthy and enjoyable 2022. All the best and keep smiling.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) business coniston gallery mounted prints review https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/12/tim-dove-photography---business-update Thu, 30 Dec 2021 16:38:29 GMT
My Favourite 10 Images of 2021 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/12/my-favourite-images-of-2021 I cannot believe that it's that time of year again, it really doesn't seem that long ago that I was compiling my choices for 2020. Never the less 2021 draws to a conclusion and the curtain comes down on another enjoyable year with my camera. I'm really happy with my photography this year in terms of quality, however I found myself caught in the age old argument of commerciality over art. It is a subject that weighed heavily on my mind and one that I don't think I've fully found the answer to as yet. Having said that I've tried to take images which have caught my eye and have made me want to reach for the camera and press that shutter button no matter of the location. I've found it quite difficult to choose this year and many good ones have been left on the cutting room floor, but I view that as a good thing. In the end this is my choice and not for commercial gain or peer approval. These images have been selected for a reason, whether it for the final image or the memory and experience of taking it, they all mean something to me and I'm very proud of all of them. I hope you like my choices.  

High Stile - Crummock Water View:

Well, what can I say about this image. As I trudged up in the torrential rain, the summit shrouded in cloud, I would never have imagined a few hours later I would be standing on the summit in the golden sunshine taking in one of the most spectacular views I've seen in the Lakes. A shot I'd dreamed about getting for a good few years and to get a shot like this on my first visit was just amazing. It wasn't just the shot that makes this image so special, but the memories of an awesome day of photography and hiking...a real adventure and one which will stay with me for the rest of my life. Experience aside, I'm really pleased with the composition of the image and it one of my best mountain photographs to date. Without doubt my favourite image I've taken this year.

High StileHigh Stile

The Old Mill Borrowdale:

Another image which was my first time I'd visited. A wonderful location, which may not be as accessible in the future. It currently sits on private land and the owners are keen to prevent people gaining access and rumours that it will become a holiday home. So I'm pleased I visited before this has happened. I was quite keen to find a slightly different take to the many excellent interpretations I've already seen and I had a really enjoyable few hours just playing around with different compositions. I'm really pleased with how this shot turned out and I do believe its a really strong composition and a slightly different take on an absolute cracker. 

The Secret Mill BorrowdaleThe Secret Mill BorrowdaleThe Secret Mill in Borrowdale.   

Park Fell - Langdale View:

This little fell has become a firm favourite of mine and one that isn't so frequently visited by the crowds. I must have visited around 10 times this year and had a great deal of success. This shot was taken during heather season and a shot I'd had in mind for a while. All the elements came together perfectly on this particular day. The view, the colours, the light and the composition all fell into place and produced an image I'm really proud of and also an image I've not seen before, making it even more satisfying. 

Park Fell in BloomPark Fell in BloomIts my first attempt of shooting this year's heather and I wasn't disappointed. I've had my eye on this little scene after finding it in Spring and though it would look good when the heather was in bloom. So I went out this morning. The forecast wasn't brilliant but it obviously had changed over night and I was presented with gorgeous light, dramatic skies and beautiful heather. I really liked this old stonewall and think it really added foreground interest to compliment the wonderful back drop of Little Langdale and surrounding fells. This shot was taken from Park Fell, which is a little fell which sits above Skelwith Bridge.

White moss common Autumn Mists:

I've visited White Moss Common multiple times over the years and its a fantastic place especially during Autumn. This was taken on a wonderfully misty morning and definitely the best conditions I had over what was a very disappointing Autumn. Again I love this image as the conditions, colours and composition work really well together and an image I've not seen before. It's also a reminder that you really just need that one moment to make an image and makes all the failure that goes before well worth it.  

White Moss Autumn MistsWhite Moss Autumn MistsA beautiful morning on White Moss Common which sits above Rydal Water. It took it's time but slowly the mists cleared and revealed glimpses of the landscape below. Really liked this little set of birch trees and it was just a matter of waiting for the mists to clear enough to get an image.

Bow Fell and Crinkle Crags B&W:

Another mountain image and one from a wonderful evening wander after work. It was a hazy, clear blue sky day and I really wasn't hopeful of getting any images. Well I was completely wrong, with a little bit of cloud rolling in and the late evening sun filter through the cloud and haze helped to create some magical light across Crinkle crags, Great Knott, Bow fell and Pike O'Blisco. This is why I love summer photography, the ability to finish work and scoot up a fell and enjoy these wonderful views. This view is one of my favourites in the area with the jagged ridge line of the Crinkles all the way along to Bow Fell. I've really enjoyed my mountain photography this year and has been a real high point of my developing style. 

The Head of Great Langdale - Light and shadeThe Head of Great Langdale - Light and shadeA view from Wetherlam looking across to Pike O'Blisco, Bow Fell, Crinkle Crags, Great knott and Cold Pike. I not often convert my images to black and white, however because of the strong contrast between the light and dark, I thought it would work well. I think it looks really striking as an image.

Hardknott Roman fort and the Scafell's: 

This image was taken in spring on my favourite fell in the Lake District, the wonderful Harter Fell (Eskdale). Its a fell I try and visit at least once a year, but due to covid, I hadn't visited for a good year or so. Funnily enough even though it was a favourite I've never really got a shot from there. On this particular evening the conditions where absolutely beautiful with some unbelievable light on show. The head of Upper Eskdale is an amazing textured landscape and when the light hits it it truly comes to life. This was one of those occasions when the light hit the right places at the right time. When the light hit the fort I was a very happy man. Light, textures and mountains....what more could you want. 

Hardknott Roman Fort SpotlightHardknott Roman Fort SpotlightThe late afternoon sun breaks the cloud and beautifully highlights the Hardknott Roman Fort which sits in the Eskdale Valley. Scafell and Scafell Pike sit high above looking all mean and moody. A shot taken from Harter Fell on a wonderful spring evening.

The Rydal Lone Tree:

This is a funny one really as its a location I have always dismissed as its never really interested me. However on this morning it was looking particularly visually appealing with the mist and it really did catch my eye...and as I always say 'If it catches your eye its worth investigating further'. I love the minimalist look and feel of the image, its a very clean image and very natural and simple looking. I'm so pleased I decided to just take the time to swing by and take the time to get the image and dismiss my photography snobbery of usually avoiding this location. 

Rydal Water Lone TreeRydal Water Lone TreeThe Rydal Water lone Tree on a wonderfully misty morning Autumn Morning.

Brathay Winter Tree: 

A very recent image but one I'm really pleased with and one I cant stop looking at. It's got so many elements I love and taken at a location I always enjoy visiting no matter how many times I go....the beautiful River Brathay. This was an opportunist shot on my way back to the car, it was just the right place at the right time as the sun broke the mist and highlighted the tree and the frosty ground. It looked wonderful and I'm so pleased I managed to capture it on camera and bring it to life as an image.

Brathay Frosty MorningBrathay Frosty MorningI've always quite liked this tree which is just off the path which runs along the River Brathay. It was looking particularly gorgeous this morning with a touch of mist, frost and lovely light.

Little Langdale light:

This type of photography has become a real feature for me over the last couple of years and probably when I feel at my creative best and free from the shackles. I've loved using longer focal lengths and ditching the tripod and shooting handheld and trying to react to changing light and conditions. This image is a perfect example and brings together some of my favourite conditions with my favourite style of shooting. I was wandering up Park Fell to meet up with my good friend James Bell. Well I got a little side tracked and was late meeting him as I was taking images of the most amazing light developing over Bow Fell and Little Langdale. I must of taken hundreds of shoots as the light changed. This being the pick of the bunch.    

Little Langdale Spring MoodsLittle Langdale Spring MoodsA gorgeous late afternoon looking down towards the beautiful Little Langdale. The light was absolutely stunning as it beamed over Bow Fell, Lingmoor fell and highlighted the small hamlet of Little Langdale. It was taken during a hike up Park Fell one evening after work. Such a wonderful view.

The Lone Tree - High Rigg:

Another one which was a handheld right place at the right time shot. Pure reactionary photography. I was just wandering across the fell and I came across this wonderful lone tree which was growing out of the fell side and it looked like it had to have endured a lot of harsh weather conditions over the years, yet it was still standing. Well not long after arriving the light broke through the clouds and added some gorgeous winter light onto the scene and really lifted it and added the gloss to an already gorgeous dramatic wee scene. Another image where I haven't seen before, which is hard to do in the Lake District. I love finding new places and images and this is why this is one of my favourites of the year. 

High Rigg - The WatcherHigh Rigg - The WatcherA lone tree on the side of High Rigg looking out towards Raven Crag and the snow capped Lakeland Fells on a moody afternoon.

So thats my personal favourite 10 images from this year. I could have easily chosen another 10 even more images but you have to draw a line somewhere, you'd all have been bored stupid if I had. I like all my images and get huge enjoyment from the whole process of taking and presenting these images and it seems harsh to pick certain ones over others, as they all have their merits and stories to tell, but it would be a pretty long blog otherwise. Would be really interesting to know your thoughts on my choices and what are your favourite images I've taken? I really hope you have enjoyed my images this year as much as I've enjoyed taking them. Its been a blast....roll on 2022.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District images Lake ten top https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/12/my-favourite-images-of-2021 Sun, 26 Dec 2021 14:11:18 GMT
The First Snow of the Winter Arrives https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/12/the-first-snow-of-the-winter-arrives It was rather a bitter sweet feeling as we were gifted the first snow of the winter in the Lake District last weekend. The usual excitement was somewhat suppressed as Storm Arwen wreaked havoc through the National Park. It's probably been the worst stormy conditions i've experienced for a number of years and some poor folk are still without power a week on from the storm. I was aware the storm was coming and would peak on Friday night, but I wasn't anticipating the chaos it would leave in its wake. On Saturday morning the full extent of the damage was revealed, with trees down blocking roads, power lines down, damage to buildings and sadly even loss of life as well. The winds were still high on Saturday and I decided that it was far too risky to venture out, however Sunday looked calmer and hopefully by this time the ability to get about might be a little easier. I was still a little apprehensive about heading out, but I decided to play it safe and stick to the more main routes. What I wasn't expecting was the forecast of yet more snow for Sunday as I checked the weather apps before I left the house. It still looked calm after a quick glance out of the window, so I decided to take the chance and make the 30 minute drive just North of Coniston. I'm pretty sensible these days and know when to turn back.....must be old age.  

Black Fell Summit Stile and view:

Black Fell Blog 2Black Fell Blog 2

On my drive to Coniston it wasn't long before I was witnessing the full devastation first hand. In total I passed 8 trees down which where partially blocking the roads, I doubt I would have got through on Saturday. The roads were full of general debris and it was slow going, but careful driving was the name of the game. I arrived a good hour and a half before sunrise and made the hike up to Black Fell. It's a wonderful vantage point with 360 degree views. As I made my ascent I could see the tops of the fells glowing with a fresh covering of snow, at this point my excitement levels had started to return. Once at the top, I stood and took in the views, the ambient light was enough to show the fells in all there winter glory, there was great clarity in the air and there was not a breath of wind...the perfect crisp winters morning. What a difference a day makes, from up high you would never have know the devastation which lay below. After a few minutes reflection I started to work out a composition. At this point I was joined by three other photographers who I know well and it was good to catch up with them. While good to chat, it rather inhibited my ability to get set up and work on my composition. With moments until sunrise, I thought it best to get set up and wait for the light. It was rather crowded on the summit with two other photographers taking the same image and as a result I couldn't really get the angle I wanted. So after taking a quick shot, which I wasn't overly happy with, I hopped of the summit and looked for something different.

The Wall: My first image of the lovely stonewall which I wanted to use a leading line to the awesome light on the snow capped fells: Black Fell Blog 1Black Fell Blog 1

The Wall II: My second pass at the wall. I decided on a tighter crop and got a little closer to the wall...making it and Wetherlam the main features in my image.


The light was coming thick and fast now and it was absolutely gorgeous with oranges, pinks and purples in the sky and intense light warming the fells. I was starting to panic a little as I didn't have a shot in mind and I really didn't want to miss the light. I decided to use this old dry stone wall which leads off down into the valley and though it would make a good bit of foreground and lead into the image. I tried two different variations with one being closer to the wall than the other, I'm not sure which is my favourite. After this I noticed that there was more light looking North towards Grasmere, so I picked up my tripod and made the dash across the fell to a better vantage point. It was at this point that I noticed that I wouldn't have light for much longer with the sun about to move up into a thick bank of cloud that wasn't going to move anytime soon and effectively end today's photographic proceedings. I had just enough time to pop the tripod down and fire off a quick panoramic image looking to the North with the last of the glorious intense light illuminating the scene. In the end we got 10 minutes of unbelievable light and that was all. So I heading back and chatted to the guys for another half an hour, had a cuppa and then decided to head home. The forecasted snow was now working its way across from the west and was slowly enveloping the fells in its way. This was my queue to leave and get home, so I slowly ambled down the fell, I was a little disappointed I didn't make more of the conditions and that they didn't last a little longer. However you have to make the most of what you are presented with. It was also a great reminder to sort your composition out before gassing too much to other photographers. 

Looking North: The gorgeous view looking towards Grasmere, Helm crag, Seat Sandal, Helvellyn and Fairfield. A three shot panorama. 

Park Fell PanoPark Fell Pano

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) arwen district lake snow storm winter https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/12/the-first-snow-of-the-winter-arrives Sat, 04 Dec 2021 14:07:20 GMT
The Day that Saved Autumn https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/11/autumn Last year I shared a series of blogs about an ‘Autumn to Remember’. I regaled stories and basked in the triumph of my most successful Autumn to date. Sadly, this year painted a very different story. I would have been well within my rights to talk about an ‘Autumn to Forget’, a little dramatic maybe, but this year has certainly been a struggle for a number of reasons. The first culprit, as always, is the weather. It’s been nothing short of atrocious this year with storms and all manner of extreme weather conditions, indeed Cumbia suffered the worst flooding in years. Secondly Autumn also seemed to come very late this year, maybe in part to do with the wet conditions. The gorgeous earthy tones we associate with Autumn weren’t particularly forth coming and October remained a rather green month. The final reason was my ability to get out with the camera. Last year I was out of work and while it brought its own set of problems, for photography it was great. I could pick and choose my days and wasn’t wholly relying on the weekends. I’m now back in fulltime employment, while I’m loving the security, it does have an impact on my success rate. Indeed, in the build up to this blog, the last 6 weekends in a row had produced awful weather and ultimately no photography. To this point autumn was a bust.

The first of the sun breaking the mist on White moss Common:

Autumn blog 1-4Autumn blog 1-4

I always feel a great deal pressure this time of year. It always seems to be a mad dash and time is always at a premium, Autumn as a season doesn’t last long. Baring all this in mind and with a period of the first settled weather in weeks, I decided to take my remaining day off work and try and save my Autumn. I really did see this as my last chance of success for the year and as a result my pressure levels where through the roof. With so much riding on this shoot It started to affect my decision making and as a result I couldn’t really decide on a location to visit. So much so, as I jumped in the car at 5.30am I had no idea where I was going to go……in the end I just drove North. As I made my way up the side of Lake Windermere I started to notice pockets of mist, well by the time I reached Rydal Water is was wall to wall pea souper. Well, that was my decision made, I parked up at Grasmere with a great deal of excitement and a whole bunch of apprehension and headed off up to White Moss Common which sits above Rydal Water. It’s a lovely little spot with an abundance of birch trees and the best view of Rydal Water in my opinion, perfect place to start. I spent the most fantastic 4 hours mooching around Rydal and enjoying the wonderful conditions. Ok it wasn’t vintage Autumn but it was pretty darn good, and I came away with a couple of images I was really pleased with.

The mist briefly clears to reveal Rydal Water:

Autumn blog 1-5Autumn blog 1-5

Rydal Water in all its glory as the mist clear:

Autumn blog 1-2Autumn blog 1-2 The pressure was off and I could enjoy the rest of my day knowing I had a few images in the bag. While heading back to the car for lunch and a deserved refuel, I decided to have a quick look at Grasmere, as it’s a location I’ve never really spent a great deal of time photographing. I could see a few other photographers at the shoreline and thought it was worth an investigate. Well, I was really pleased I stopped by as the conditions were beautiful. The mist was just starting to clear and the sun was slowly breaking through warming up those beautiful autumnal tones. The lake was very calm considering the time of day and it was a joy to witness. So, I got set up quickly and I spent a further 45 minutes photographing the rapidly changing conditions, surprisingly good for this time of the day. My pressure levels had well and truly receded and while I sat in the car munching on my lunch, I formulate a plan for sunset. The day light hours are vastly reduced this time of year and you can start getting good light a couple of hours before sunset, so with this in mind I decided to stay put and not drive further afield and potentially miss the light. I decide to have a quick flit up Loughrigg Fell, only a 35 minute hike from where I was parked, so I would have enough time to get up there. It’s a location I know well but not at sunset, so I thought it worth a go.

Grasmere emerging from the clearing mists bathed in glorious sunshine:

Autumn blog 1-3Autumn blog 1-3

The Daffodil Hotel and the clearing mists:

Autumn blog 1-6Autumn blog 1-6

My prediction was correct and by around 2pm the light around Loughrigg Tarn and the Langdales was absolutely gorgeous. I took a number of images centred around the tarn and Langdale Valley. I was blessed with dramatic light, moody skies and warm Autumnal colours. In fact the later stages of golden hour and sunset were snuffed out by a rather large bank of cloud off to the west, so I’m glad I was in position in time to enjoy the earlier light. So that was very much my day done and what an enjoyable day it was. Weeks and weeks of failed attempts well and truly forgotten. It illustrates the fine margins in photography and eventually if you keep plugging away it does come good. Autumn well and truly saved and a victory snatched from the jaws of defeat. Ok so the conditions weren’t the best I’ve ever been blessed with, as a lot of the leaves had fallen due to the high winds, but Autumn photography doesn’t always have to be about dashing to your nearest woodland. The general landscape takes on a warmer colour palette and is equally rewarding this time of year. This is definitely the case this year for me and where my best images have come from…..I’ll just save the woodland photography for Spring…….after an amazing winter first obviously.

Beautiful late afternoon light sweeping through the Langdale valley:

Autumn blog 1Autumn blog 1

Autumn blog 1-7Autumn blog 1-7

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Autumn District Lake Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/11/autumn Sat, 20 Nov 2021 09:00:39 GMT
NEWS: 12% OFF ALL PRINTS DURING OCTOBER https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/10/news-12-off-all-prints-during-october 12% OFF ALL PRINTS IN THE SHOP DURING OCTOBER

To celebrate hitting 12K visits to my website and to fend off the winter blues, I'm offering 12% off all my Lake District landscape photography prints in my shop. All you need to do is use the coupon code TWELVE to receive your 12% off. So why not pick up a bargain print of the beautiful Lake District to brighten your walls and cheer you up. The offer will be available until midnight on the 31st October. 

Remember I now offer mounted prints in A4 and A3 size in both standard and fine art papers. The mounted prints are ready to fit into a standard frame of your choice, so you don't have to worry about getting it professionally framed, its quick and simple. A4 prints fit a 16 x 12" frame and A3 prints fit a 20 x 16" frame size. If you have any questions please get in touch.





(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/10/news-12-off-all-prints-during-october Sun, 03 Oct 2021 09:30:56 GMT
Landscape Photography can be so FRUSTRATING!!!!! https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/9/landscape-photography-can-be-so-frustrating I adore landscape photography, the sense of well being, stimulation and enjoyment I take from being out with my camera is enormous. However, photography can be damn frustrating and in fact it can be bloody soul destroying at times. I don't want to hide this fact, I want to be open and honest, especially with people that are relatively new to it, as it can be a major turn off when we are trying to find your photography footing. We invest a lot of time and effort into our photography but there are a lot of variables that can hamper our success regardless of how much we prepare for a shoot. We have to deal with the unpredictability of the weather, we have to make the right decisions on our location, we need to be able to execute the shot when the chance arises and we need a large helping of luck on our side. Some of these aspects we can control, however there are some which are very much out of our hands. If you don't have the luxury to be able to go out whenever you wish then it isn't uncommon to hit a barren spell. I've had many spells like this and it isn't for the want of trying, however the elements seem to have other ideas. We are all going to encounter this at some stage, it's just part of the game. 

me blogme blog It's OK to get frustrated and down hearted, it's normal. I don't know many photographers who don't get frustrated and go through barren spells. Social media has put huge pressure on people to dish up a constant supply of top quality content.......you need to be posting banger after banger (Instragram language, not mine) and get hundreds of likes, shares and retweets every single day. This simply isn't reality.....let me let you into a little secret.......not every time you go out with your camera are you going to get a world beating image. We tend only to show our successes on social media and not our failures. However I guarantee that the vast majority of photographers have had more failed attempts than successes. What we need to do as photographers is turn these frustrations into positives. We need to use our time efficiently and maximise every minute when we are out with the camera...regardless of the weather conditions we are presented with. We have to think about the long game, Instead of just packing up and heading home. In this blog I'm going to offer some points on how to best utilise your time when on a barren spell or presented with poor weather conditions.


If you can't get a shot on the day that's fine and it's very rare you will go to a location and get a winning image first time around. So I try and do some exploration of the area and scout out new locations for the future. You never know, you may just find a hidden gem. The perfect example is my image of the old wall on Park Fell, I discovered this earlier in the year after a failed sunset mission. Instead of going home, I had a really good explore and found the wall and also another couple of potential locations. If I'd gone home in the huff I wouldn't have found this location. There is nothing better than finding new exciting locations and it's a hugely important part of photography and a good amount of time should be dedicated to it, you will reap the benefits long term. Spend that extra few hours having a really good explore of your chosen location, you certainly wont feel like you've wasted your time.

An image I've had planned for a while after I came across this scene while exploring the area after a no existent sunset.

Park Fell in BloomPark Fell in BloomIts my first attempt of shooting this year's heather and I wasn't disappointed. I've had my eye on this little scene after finding it in Spring and though it would look good when the heather was in bloom. So I went out this morning. The forecast wasn't brilliant but it obviously had changed over night and I was presented with gorgeous light, dramatic skies and beautiful heather. I really liked this old stonewall and think it really added foreground interest to compliment the wonderful back drop of Little Langdale and surrounding fells. This shot was taken from Park Fell, which is a little fell which sits above Skelwith Bridge.

Refine your compositions: 

If you find that killer location then it's worth spending the time refining your composition. Take that little bit of extra time to really think about your composition, consider what are the important elements, what you don't need in the image, look at the settings, take a test shot etc. As you are under no pressure you can really tweak and refine until you are 100% happy. Once you have done this then you are all set for when the conditions are good. This way you'll be nice and relaxed on the shoot, knowing you have a great composition and the settings you'll need to get your image. I've got a list as long as my arm with locations to revisit when the conditions are perfect....its just a matter of getting there, setting up and waiting for that light. 

Brush up on your technique:

Just because the weather isn't ideal doesn't mean you don't have to get your camera out. Use this time and take that opportunity to work on your photography skills. There is no better time, as you don't have any pressure, time constraints or the worry of missing epic conditions. The more you practise the better you will become. Get to know your camera and its settings, work out what your lenses sweet spots are, practise hyper focal distance, if you don't already try using manual settings etc. The list goes on, there is always some technical aspect you can work on and then when those magic conditions arrive you'll be a technical whiz and ready to get your image.  

An image I took on a pretty miserable day at Wastwater. I decided to practice some long exposures and different techniques. In the end it was worth it as I came away with a decent image.

The Road to Wasdale  (1 of 1)The Road to Wasdale (1 of 1)  Have a plan B:

If location A isn't going to happen then moving to location B which isn't as reliant on the weather is a great idea. I tend to visit locations like water falls, woodland or places where we can look for more intimate images. Landscape photography doesn't have to always be about the grand vistas. This can really channel our creativity and take us out of our comfort zone, which can help us to develop as photographers. If i know the weather isn't going to be great and this proves the case, I always make sure I have that back up ready and another location close at hand that will work in most cases. 

Looking for different more intimate landscape images can really stimulate your creative juices:

Rydal Cave AbstractRydal Cave AbstractAmazing colours, textures and reflections of the rocks at the entrance to Rydal Caves on Loughrigg Fell. They make a facinating subject for an abstract image.

Take a gamble and ignore the forecast:

We can spend a lot of time checking out the weather and evaluating if it's going to be worth while heading out or not. You have to take the forecast with a pinch of salt and the weather people have been known to be wrong from time to time. So my advise is always go out with the camera if you can, regardless of weather as you simply never know what your gonna get. Some times the gamble doesn't pay off but other times it does. I've gone out in the most atrocious conditions and come away with an image, on the flip side I've gone in very promising conditions and got nothing. So just embrace it, don't be afraid to get out in awful conditions because sometimes these can yield the best results.  

An image where the forecast was for heavy rain, gale force winds and no light. I stood for 2 hours in those conditions and got 30 seconds of amazing light, sometimes the gamble is worth it.

Blea Tarn and Great Langdale - Breaking lightBlea Tarn and Great Langdale - Breaking lightDramatic winter light at a stormy Birk Knott above Blea Tarn and Great Langdale. I was battered by gale force winds and heavy rain for well over an hour but it was all worth it for 30 seconds of amazing light. Look back over your back catalogue:

If you can't get out then it's always worth going back through your back catalogue of work. You can review old images, re edit them and work on the processing side of your photography. Make plans for locations you want to revisit, rehash and update your website, get your work printed out, there is nothing better than seeing your images in print. This is also a great way to review your images and see how you can improve. My point is there is always something we can work on and improve. 

Just enjoy being out and about and your luck will change: 

If your not going to get an image, just enjoy the experience of being out and about in nature. Go for a walk or hike or just sit and take it all in and enjoy. It's not a major hardship spending time in the great outdoors is it? I'd rather be out than sitting at home being miserable. Your luck will change and all the failed attempts will be worth it to get that one shoot where it all falls into place. Hey look, landscape photography isn't easy and we need to develop patience, determination and perseverance if we want to be successful. The highs will always eclipse the lows and we just need to always keep this in mind...the next banger is always a round the corner. 

I think you've got to just keep plugging away and keeping your mind open. It's so easy to throw in the towel and not bother but you'll probably feel worse for not making the effort. Luck, like the weather changes rapidly and the next killer sunrise or sunset is always around the corner. So just make the most out of any situation regardless if you get an image out of it or not. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District frustration Lake landscape photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/9/landscape-photography-can-be-so-frustrating Fri, 24 Sep 2021 12:05:04 GMT
NEWS: A4 and A3 Mounted Prints now Available in the Shop https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/9/news-a4-and-a3-mounted-prints-now-available-in-the-shop MOUNTED A4 AND A3 LAKE DISTRICT LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY PRINTS NOW AVAILABLE IN THE SHOP

I'm pleased to announce that I am now offering mounted prints in A4 and A3 sizes for both Fine art and standard photographic prints in my online shop. Due to the success of the mounted prints in The Coniston Fudge and Gallery shop, I've decided to introduce these to purchase direct on my website. The prints will be mounted, individually signed by myself and will be ready to fit into any standard off the shelf frame. The A3 size will fit a 20" x 16" frame and A4 will fit a 16" x 12" frame. This makes it nice and easy for you to get your printed mounted and up on the wall with minimum effort....what could be better than that.

I've popped a few example images below. If you are interest you can visit my shop or alternatively visit the Coniston Fudge and Gallery where I have a large selection of my work for sale. If you have any questions or specific requirements then please get in touch at [email protected] and I will be more than happy to help you.

A3 Mounted Prints, signed and packaged ready to be fitted into a standard frame of your choice:

Mounted printMounted print Mounted 1 printMounted 1 print Mounted 2 printMounted 2 print

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) district Lake mounted prints https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/9/news-a4-and-a3-mounted-prints-now-available-in-the-shop Sat, 11 Sep 2021 11:39:46 GMT
Rediscovering my Mojo https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/8/rediscovering-my-mojo I've heard a lot of photographers saying that they have lost their mojos at the moment and there motivation is at an all time low. I have to admit that I've been feeling the same myself recently. Photography can take a great deal of effort at the best times and even more so in the summer months. extremely early sunrises, late sunsets and less than ideal weather conditions all play there part. Thats before we mention the summer greens and all manner of wee nasty bity insects, its a bit of a tough gig in the summer. The weather has been pretty uninspiring for the best part and as a result I find it difficult to set the alarm for 2.00am. I've also got a little tired of visiting the same old locations. It's all contributed to my motivation going right out of the window. I needed a pick me up, I needed to rediscover that buzz that photography brings to me. So I decided to plan a photography day trip, a sunrise to sunset epic in a location I don't visit as often as I should......the glorious Buttermere in the North Western Lake District. If that couldn't get my juices flowing then nothing would.

The classic view looking over Buttermere towards Fleetwith Pike, Haystacks and the Buttermere Pines. 

Fleethwith Pike and Haystacks Buttermere ReflectionsFleethwith Pike and Haystacks Buttermere ReflectionsThe classic view looking across Buttermere to Fleetwith Pike and Haystacks catching the rising sun. Its a view I've not had much luck in shooting until this very morning. It was a really slow start with choppy waters and little interest in the sky. However luckily for me the wind dropped and the water calmed, the sky filled with some wispy clouds and the sun rising from the east beautifully lit the scene in front of me.

It was a 3am alarm call and a 1hr 30 minute drive to Buttermere. The plan was to spend a little time on the shore at Buttermere for sunrise, as I wanted the classic shot of Fleetwith Pike and Haystacks for the shop and gallery as its a popular view. I was then going to hike up to Warnscale Bothy and finally hike across the High Stile Range, which is a classic ridge walk across three fells. The ultimate plan was to finish the day on Red Pike, the final fell on the ridge for sunset, a location I've wanted to visit for some years. I arrived at Buttermere at about 4.30am, around an hour before sunrise and made the short stroll down to the shore. I was greeted with choppy waters and a distinct lack of clouds in the sky, which was a little disappointing. Anyway, I had time so I had my breakfast and a brew to bring me around. There was some nice wispy mist developing and I sat and watched as is rolled across the water but while it looked nice, It wouldn't have translated well on camera. Eventually after about about an hour of waiting and hoping the water calmed, the light came and some clouds had developed in the sky and it looked wonderful and was just the shot I was after. I stayed around and enjoyed the lovely view and warm sunshine while I chatted to some other photographers. A great start to the day before heading back to the car to get stocked up for my hike to Warnscale Bothy. 

Great Gable Moods: The view from Fleetwith Pike towards Green Gable, Great Gable, Scafell, Kirk Fell and the path to Haystacks

Great Gable MoodsGreat Gable MoodsGorgeous moody conditions looking towards Green Gable, Great Gable, Scafell, Kirk Fell, Dubs Bottom and Green Crag. This shot was taken just off the summit of Fleetwith Pike. The light was really nice and proof that you can take images in the day time. A view I think I will return to in the future. Absolutely stunning.

Once I'd restocked my food, I started to make my way up to Warnscale and it was still only 8.30am. I decided to take a slight detour and head up to Fleetwith Pike first as I'd never been and it would only add a mile or so onto the journey. The sun was fully up at this time and it was absolutely roasting but I made good time and got to the summit of Fleetwith Pike at around 9.30am...one fell down and three to go. The view looking over Buttermere is absolutely gorgeous and I took a few snaps while enjoying some water and a quick snack. I then started to head back towards Warnscale, stopping every so often to take a couple of snaps. My favourite being this one looking to Green Gable, Great Gable and Scafell. The light was so changeable and pretty decent considering the sun had been up for over 4 hours, but the moody skies helped to diffuse the light a little and added nice contrast. I arrived at Warnscale Bothy at around 11.00am, had my lunch and then set up and waited. I spend a good 2 and a half hours sitting in the sun watching the world go by and chatting to folk. I occasionally took the odd image as well in between the people watching and chatting. It was great fun watching the changing light over the amazing view in front of me. I took a couple of nice images, again the sun was a little harsh but the clouds did a great job of softening the light. Another image I've been after for a while and think it will do well in the shop and gallery. 

Room with a view: Warnscale Bothy sits high above Buttermere and offers on of the best views in the Lake District. 

warnscale PRINTwarnscale PRINT

I then made my way back to the car to pick up more food and water for my sunset hike up to Red Pike and the High Stile Ridge. Once restocked I started my walk around 3.00pm, I was expecting for it to take me a good couple of hours to get along to Red Pike. The route up is easy going at first but then this gave way to a steep rocky path which took you to a col in between High Crag and the Seat. It was at this point that I got caught in a torrential down pour. The wind had really picked up and the clouds where sweeping off the summits, it had changed in a matter of minutes from warm and sunny to pretty harsh conditions. I slowly made my way up the sharp zig zag path which leads to the summit, all the time being battered by the wind and rain. The stepped path then gave way to a well eroded scree path which was pretty unstable under foot for the final push to the summit of High Crag, the first fell of three. It was a bit of a grim picture when I got to the summit, as I nervously looked over the rain and wind swept ridge towards what should have been High Stile, however it was shrouded in cloud and I really wasn't happy to continue in these conditions. So I found shelter and had a drink and some food and prayed that it would clear. After around half an hour the cloud started to lift and I could now see the summit of High Stile, as the sun came out I set off across the ridge with renewed hope. The views were starting to open up again and it was really enjoyable walking across the ridge, with some steep drop offs and dramatic crags either side. After around half an hour I reached the summit of High Stile in lovely sunshine and got the first sighting of the jaw dropping view of Crummock Water, which I'd wanted to shoot for years. I was absolutely blown away...a perfect place to stop, have a snack and take in the view.

Looking back from High Stile towards the ridge leading to High Crag, the half way point of my hike. Great Gable and the Scafells just visible behind the clearing cloud.

High Stile ridgeHigh Stile ridge

The view out over Newlands Valley and towards Keswick from the summit of Red Pike.

Newlands panoNewlands pano

The Scafells. Looking across to Englands biggest mountains. Taken from High Stile.

Scafell lightScafell lightLooking across to Scafell and Scafell Pike from High Stile. I spent around half an hour on High Stile exploring as it is a really interesting summit with endless compositions. I was still sometime out before sunset, so I decide to check Red Pike out and at least finish the ridge and then make a decision on sunset location. So off I tootled, only a 20 minute walk to Red Pike and the sun was shining so it was all good. Arrived at Red Pike and while the view was stunning, I have to admit to being a little underwhelmed. There wasn't a great deal of foreground interest. So I decided to head back to High Stile, as the summit had a lot more going on and I was confident of finding a better composition plus I was then already half way along the ridge for the homeward journey. It was still a good 2 hours before golden hour when I arrived on High Stile...again. I spent around 45 minutes playing around with various compositions and trying to find the best angle possible. The biggest issue I was having was getting the whole of Crummock Water in the shot, as at most angles the bottom left is cut off by the fells in front. Anyway, eventually I found a nice spot, where I had the whole of Crummock in shot and some really good foreground rocks, which I really think represented the ruggedness of the mountain. So all set up, test shots in the bag, I just kicked back, had my tea (3 pork pies) and chilled out on a rock waiting for the golden light.   

Mission Completed: The shot I came for - Crummock Water from High Stile. Absolutely stunning. 

High Stile Golden HourHigh Stile Golden HourAn image taken from High Stile, which sits high above the village of buttermere. This is the view out towards crummock Water, Mellbreak, Whiteless Pike and Grasmoor. Its a location I've wanted to visit for sometime and I really wasn't disappointed. Its a bit of a slog to get up but once your up it makes up a part of a classic ridge walk. Definitely worth the effort. Its not often I get to buttermere and its a stark reminder that I need to visit a little more, considering its 1 hour and 30 mins from home. So we crept into Golden hour and I really didn't have to wait too long to get the image I wanted. The wind had dropped and it was absolutely silent, the light was lovely and golden and it was washing across the Western fells, it was a joy to be up there. The light was really playing ball now and it lit my foreground perfectly, the intention was for the sun to light the rocks to my right and then the bigger rock in the centre, which helped to lead the eye up to the gorgeous view. The light lasted around 25 minutes into golden hour and then the sun dipped behind some hazy cloud on the horizon and that was it for the light. With a long walk back to the car and happy with my lot, I decided to pack up and head home. I got back to the car around 10.30pm and I was absolutely knackered but its fair to say I was absolutely buzzing. I hadn't had this much fun out with my camera for ages and the day will live long in my memory. Its just what the doctor ordered and I couldn't wait to get home and see the images I'd taken, as I was really hopeful I'd bagged a couple of keepers. Yes I was a huge effort but well well worth it and my mojo was well and truly back. I can't wait for the next adventure. So next time I'm feeling down in the dumps, I will remember this day and remind myself that making the effort is always worth it in the end, if I'd stayed at home and felt sorry for myself then I wouldn't have had this wonderful day that will live long with me for some time.

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Lake District Photography mojo motivation photography summer https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/8/rediscovering-my-mojo Sun, 08 Aug 2021 11:30:56 GMT
LAKELAND - A YEAR IN FOCUS 2022 CALENDAR - MY 12 IMAGE CHOICES https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/7/lakeland---a-year-in-focus-2022 Well that time of year again and time for me to release preorders for my 2022 Calendar. This has been the forth year I have made a calendar and I'm hoping to continue on last years success. The calendar was a huge success last year and my best year to date. Purchasing a calendar is a great way to support my business and help me to grow and keep doing what I love doing. You can pre order your copy here. Last year I ran out of stock by December and sadly had to turn some people away, so to avoid disappointment please get your order in nice and early. Anyway, enough of the sales pitch......let's see which images have made the cut this year and a little explanation why I chose the images. It certainly has been a tough year, but all images were taken in between various lockdowns and I'm really pleased with the images I've produced over this most difficult of times. I hope you like my choices.

January: The Coniston Fells - Winter Wonderland 

Lovingly Looking to the FellsLovingly Looking to the FellsLovingly looking towards the Coniston Fells from Hoad Hill Ulverston on a wonderfully Winters day. We were blessed with a decent amount of snow this year, which was lovely, however it was also a little bitter sweet as I wasn't able to get out into the lakes to take advantage as the country was in full lockdown. Instead I stood on my local hill and looked longingly towards Coniston Old Man and Dow Crag looking beautiful with their winter coats on. It was the first time I had used my camera in weeks and it felt great. For a few hours I wandered on the hill just snapping away.......it felt like old times and gave me a timely boost and something to really look forward to, once lockdown was over. So this image had to go in the calendar, it was a shining light in a very dark January. 

February: Boon Wood - Ethereal Dawn

Boon Wood - Morning LightBoon Wood - Morning LightBeautiful light breaks through the mist and lights Boon Wood, Coniston Water, South Lake Distrist. In late February, when restrictions were due to be lifted, I made my first visit into the Lakes. It was only a 15 minute drive from home and was all low level and risk free. I decided to stop at Boon Wood, Coniston. It was a lovely frosty and misty winters morning and it felt wonderful to be out. I love this little scene I found with the trees still looking barren in there winter slumber but with the gorgeous ethereal light breaking through the trees and giving it a wonderfully warm tone.  It really struck a bit of a cord with me and I think it represented the light at the end of the tunnel both in the seasons and the pandemic......well it certainly felt that way to me. I also enjoy woodland photography and it also helps to add variety to the calendar.

March: Great Gable Summit View – Haystacks and the Western Fells

Once restrictions had been lifted, I was really keen to get back into the fells and get to some new and exciting locations. First on the list was a hike up Great Gable for sunset. I’ve climbed Gable a few times and also attempted a sunset shoot before but never made it to the summit, so I was determined this time. When I got to the summit I was blown away by the view out west towards Buttermere and Crummock Water, it was absolutely gorgeous. So much so, I shelved my original planned shot in favour of this view. It was a great afternoon/evening and its one of my favourite mountain images I’ve taken, so it was a dead cert for March.

April: River Brathay – Spring Mists

Well it wouldn’t be a Tim Dove Photography calendar without the River Brathay featuring. I think it has appeared in all of my calendars so far, but for a very good reason...I love it. It is an absolutely amazing locations and you can’t help but get great images all year round, for me it never fails to deliver. This was taken on a misty and frosty Spring morning, the light was just starting to light the trees and it had a wonderful dual tone look, with the warmth of sun lighting the trees to the cooler tones of the frost, mist and River. It's a real transitional image and I think it represents spring really nicely. Definitely a place I love to visit for photography, a really happy place…….a worthy April for me.

May: Harter Fell – Upper Eskdale Sunset

harter sunsetharter sunset Another mountain image for May and one that is from my favourite Fell in the Lake District – Harter Fell (Eskdale). It’s a fell I usually try and visit at least once a year, however I hadn’t been for a few years for various reasons. It’s funny really, as I’ve been numerous times but never got a good image. Well luckily on this occasion the weather played ball and I had wonderful conditions and finally came away with my shot. This really is one of my favourite views in the Lakes, looking towards Upper Eskdale and the Scafell Massif.....absolutely stunning. It was great to be up there and all topped off with beautifully gorgeous light and a sky to die for……cant ask for much more. Ive really enjoyed my mountain photography this year and is certainly something I will look to do more in the future and why it features heavily in my recent works. 

June: Glenconye Bay Ullswater – Summer Reflections

ulls calm printulls calm print This month proved a little tricky, as I produced a lot of decent images in June, however they were all predominately mountain based and I wanted to mix it up a little and not have a calendar full of purely mountain images. So in the end I borrowed an image from June 2020 and a lovely serene morning at Glencoyne Bay Ullswater. I spent a good few weeks exploring the shoreline around Ullswater once lockdown restrictions had eased and found this wonder view looking back to Glenridding. It was a beautifully quiet and still morning, the haze and light mist combined with the pastel colours in the sky helped to create a wonderfully soft delicate look. A perfect tranquil summer lakeside image for me and typified last summer in the lakes. I’ve also chosen this image as my front cover, as I feel its simplicity and serene feel works really well.

July: Loughrigg Tarn – Smoke on the Water

I had a couple of choices for July, but in the end I opted for this image of Loughrigg Tarn and the Langdale Pikes. It wasn’t the easiest month for photography as the country was gripped with a heatwave and we were presented with great conditions for BBQ’s but not so much for Landscape photography. Luckily I had a good morning at Loughrigg Tarn, with some lovely mist rising from the tarn like smoke, beautiful light on the Langdales and the odd bit cloud (seldom seen in July) catching a bit of colour from the morning sun. Another typical summer image with the lush greens often found at this time of year. A perfect summery image in the Lakes for me.

August: The Old Mill – Borrowdale

Mill calMill cal I didn’t really have any major contenders for August from last year, so I decided to borrow an image from a little earlier this year. It was taken at the Old Mill in Borrowdale. It’s a wonderful location and one that I had never visited before. It’s also something a little different from the rest of the images in the calendar and I think it’s good to have a variety of different images as well. It still has the lush green foliage on the trees that we expect in August, so for me it fit really well and glad I could include it in the calendar.

September: Rydal Boathouse – Autumnal Mists

Probably one of my favourite images I took last year. It was the start of Autumn and the colours were just starting to turn. I hadn’t originally planned to go to Rydal water but in the end with a lot more mist around I decided to make a last minute dash over. I’ve wanted this image with the light hitting the trees and a misty back drop for sometime, I had to wait for the light to come but I wasn’t disappointed when it did….it was exactly what I was after. This one has always been pencilled in for the calendar since the moment I took it. Its exactly the type of image we get in the Lakes this time of the year, gorgeous colours and plenty of misty mornings.

October: Castle Crag – Autumn Gold

castle crag tree printcastle crag tree print I spent three consecutive weeks in the woodlands around Borrowdale during Autumn as it is widely regarded as one of the best places in the lakes. I picked up quite a number of images but for me, this scene just stood out. The colours were absolutely gorgeous from the orangey brown of the bracken to the golden yellow of the trees and woodland all set off by the late afternoon sunshine. The back drop of Cummacatta woods and Castle Crags isn’t too bad either and hard to beat at this time of year. A beautiful Autumn scene in one of my favourite locations.  

November: High Arnside Farm – Winter Light

This is actually an image which was taken on the 1st January 2021 on a family walk on New Years day. It was when restrictions were starting to tighten again and our last journey into the lakes until late February. I originally had this pencilled in for January, however I opted for another image and thought this might work as November as it’s a beautiful winter scene and one of my favourite images I’ve taken, in fact, this is printed and on my wall at home. The view from Black Crag over High Arnside Farm (now a holiday let), Little Langdale and towards the fells at the head of Great Langdale. The light was sublime, the sky was moody, the fells were snow-capped and it’s a sensational view…..its one of those image when everything just falls into place. I had to squeeze it in the calendar somewhere.  

Coniston Old Man – Winter Moonrise

Moonrise over Dow Crag and the Old Man of Coniston.Moonrise over Dow Crag and the Old Man of Coniston.Moonrise over Dow Crag and Coniston Old Man from Buck Pike. The last image I took in 2020 and what a way to end the year. It seems only right that this is the last image in the calendar. I had been on Dow Crag taking images and after the sun dipped behind the clouds I decided to make the trip back to the car. As I was descending I turned to take one more look before I headed off down and I noticed the moon rising above Coniston Old Man. It looked unbelievable, so I had to unpack the camera and get a shot. The sky was a beautiful pinky blue colour and there was some fantastic anti crepuscular rays. It was so cold but wonderfully quiet. It was an amazing sight to witness and the perfect conclusion to my photography in 2020.

I hope you enjoy my choices for 2022. I've tried to pick a good variety of images that represent the seasons and colours of the Lake District. Despite the covid pandemic, I believe this is my strongest calendar to date and I'm really hoping for a successful year. Once again buying my calendar is a really great way to support me and nothing gives me great satisfaction that this calendar is handing on peoples walls. Thank you all for your continued support.



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) 2022 calendar District Lake https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/7/lakeland---a-year-in-focus-2022 Sat, 31 Jul 2021 17:43:55 GMT
NEWS: Mounted Prints now stocked in Coniston Gallery https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/7/news-mounted-prints-now-stocked-in-coniston-gallery I'm pleased to announce that I'm now selling my images in the Coniston Fudge Companies gallery. I will be selling a wide range of A4 and A3 mounted prints and also a selection of framed prints coming soon. The Gallery stocks a lot of top quality art work from local artists and I absolutely delighted to to have my work on show. So if you are in the Coniston area then why not pop in and have a look. I can also confirm that the fudge is absolutely delicious. You can find more details on the Coniston Fudge Company on their facebook page below. So please check them out and give the page a follow. 


gallery 2gallery 2 gallery 3gallery 3 gallery 1gallery 1

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) coniston gallery mounted prints https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/7/news-mounted-prints-now-stocked-in-coniston-gallery Sat, 17 Jul 2021 06:56:08 GMT
NEWS: Images used for new Lake District business https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/7/news Commercial Photography

I was recently approached by a start-up company called Dine in the Lakes to use some of my photography for their website. I was absolutely thrilled that they wanted to use my photography as part of there creative vision for the company. Dine in the Lakes offer luxury food boxes packed full of top quality Lake District produce and all delivered directly to your door. Not only would they use the images for website and social media but also printed cards which would go in the food boxes themselves. I’ve put a few images up and also a link below so you can pop along and have a look at there beautiful boxes and website.  




My images are available for commercial use and It’s a really quick and simple process. Once the images have been chosen, I simply put them in a secure client gallery and send you the link and password where the images can be purchased. Once purchased, I will send a link where the images files can be downloaded, it really is that simple. 

Please get in touch if you are interested in using any of my photography for your website or marketing material. I offer very competitive rates for license of my images. If you have any question’s please don’t hesitate to contact me on [email protected].

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Commercial digital downloads. photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/7/news Sat, 03 Jul 2021 07:18:35 GMT
Lake District photography - How I approach photographing a classic location https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/6/photographingaclassic You will be hard pressed to find a location in the Lake District which hasn’t been photographed before. There are many ‘classic’ locations which are visited by many photographers each year. I’ve written a previous blog about finding originality in photography and how It can be achieved. However there is no doubting it can be difficult when a scene is well photographed. Instead of being put off by shooting these popular locations, I find it a creative challenge to try and put my own mark on it. We can creatively affect a scene in a number of ways by using our own compositional interpretation and our editing style. You could have 10 photographers photographing the same scene but all would look and feel different and as we would interpret it and edit it in different ways. I was faced with this scenario a few weeks ago when visiting, potentially, one of the most popular locations currently in the Lakes, the secret mill in Borrowdale. In this blog I’m going to discuss how I approached shooting this iconic location.

The Secret Mill in Borrowdale: This is the classic landscape shot of the Mill, shooting nice and wide to get the whole scene in. I really wanted to attempt something a little different from this. 

Blog wATERBlog wATER The secret Mill sits in between Seatoller and Rosthwaite in the Borrowdale Valley. It has become a really popular location over the last 2-3 years, for very good reason, as its absolutely stunning and pretty unique. Due to this, it is very difficult to get an original image. So how do I approach shooting such a popular location? Firstly I tend to not look to much at other photographers images of the place I'm visiting, as I don’t want to be too influenced by other photographer’s work. I like to approach the scene with fresh eyes and not have to many preconceptions. I will then go on to do a little research on the location and look at the best time of day to shoot it, for example in the afternoon the light would hit the fell behind, which may distract the eye from the overall scene. I also chose a day when I believed the weather conditions would best suit the location, over cast days are good for waterfalls as you don't too much glare on the water from the sun. Another weather consideration and most critical for me was the amount of water in the beck, as this was going to be a major feature within my image, for me the shot really doesn't work without. So I made sure I would visit after heavy rain fall. Time of year also played a part as I wanted to visit when there was an appropriate amount of foliage on the trees that surround the mill, to add some vibrance and colour. In the winter months, without the leaves on the trees, the scene would look a little barren. As we have no major light in the scene it is important to have a variety of textures and colours within the image to make it more appealing to the eye. These are all thinks I considered before getting on site.

My first pass: This was my first attempt at portrait orientation image, I do like it but I didn't feel it really maximised the best of the waterfalls. 

Blog wATER 1Blog wATER 1

How I captured and composed my final image on location:

I didn’t need to use too much equipment to capture the shot, however the most important aspect was the choice of lens. You are relatively close to the mill, so In my opinion a wider field of view was essential, so I used my 16-35mm wide angle lens to achieve this. I like to incorporate a lot of foreground in my waterfall shots, as I believe it helps to create the flow and depth, so the wider lens was the natural choice to incorporate my foreground and the mill. I used my tripod as I was going to use a longer exposure time to add movement to the water, so the camera needed to be perfectly still. A polarizing filter was used to take the glare off the water and wet rocks. I didn’t require any other neutral density filters as the location was dark enough to achieve the shutter speed I required. All very simple in terms of gear.

In terms of composition, I was favouring portrait orientation to maximise my foreground and emphasize the flowing water in the beck but still have the mill prominent in my image. I positioned the waterfall so it took up the majority of the bottom half of the frame and flowed in from my right to the bottom left. I liked how this created depth and caught the flow the beck. I also positioned the moss covered rocks from the biggest up and again this adds colour, texture and leads your eye up to the mill. The foreground rocks helped to frame the image, add interest and texture, the darkness of the rocks contrasted nicely with the white water. The mill was placed on the upper third with the foliage at the top to frame the image once more.  The only issue I had was the large branch which intersects the mill. It’s usually good practise to keep distracting elements to a minimum, however, on this occasion it simply wasn’t possible eliminate the branch completely. There is always a play off but I feel this was the best composition and its definitely worth the compromise.  

My compositional considerations:

Blog wATER 2Blog wATER 2

I shot the image in manual mode and my settings were ISO 100, an aperture of f11 with my shutter speed being around 2 seconds. I used a 2 second timer so the camera was perfectly still and free from camera shake. I had to under expose my image slightly in order to reduce the shutter speed to capture the movement and have the water retained its detail, I didn’t want the water to appear too milky, as you do loose the fine detail at longer shutter speeds. My focal length was around 17mm and I roughly focused 2/3rds of the way into the scene. I manually focused on this particular occasion as I had plenty of time to work with. The focal length and aperture were enough for front to back sharpness across the frame, I didn't need to focus stack despite the rocks being very close to the camera. I shot the image in RAW format and edited it in Adobe Lightroom.

The Final Image: I'm really happy how the image turned out and I think its a good take on a classic.

Blog wATER 2Blog wATER 2

I hope you found this blog interesting. It is always a challenge to photograph a well shot location, however it can be done. Approaching the location with an open mind and fresh eyes can really help and don't be afraid to try something a little different. Take your time and really get to grips with the location and use your time to think about your composition. Trying different angles, points of view, orientations and focal lengths can all help in finding something a little different and putting your stamp on it. So don't be put off by shooting the classics and embrace it and get those creative juices flowing. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) borrowdale Lake District Photography mill Photography Secret https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/6/photographingaclassic Sat, 19 Jun 2021 10:54:53 GMT
Lake District photography - Its all about the effort https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/6/Itsallabouttheeffort My photography journey has been a multitude of light bulb moments. Times of extreme clarity, the final piece of the jigsaw, the moments when it all makes sense and we wonder how the hell we didn't realise this before. Without a doubt in my mind, the biggest light bulb moment for me was back in 2015. I was a frustrated photographer, an occasional snapper. I only really got out with my camera on family walks in the middle of the day and I was always underwhelmed with my photography and often wondered why other people's images were so much better than mine. It was then that somebody flicked that switch and it hit me straight in the chops, it was so very obvious but before this I couldn't see the woods for the trees. I came to realise that amazing conditions wouldn't come to me, I had to actively go out and find them. I had to put more effort into my photography and get out at the right times of day to get these amazing conditions. So one Saturday morning I got up and did my first proper sunrise shoot and I've honesty never looked back. I believe that the more effort and time you invest in our photography the better the results we get. 90% of photography is not about technical skill or gear, but having the desire and making the effort to be in the right place at the right time. 

The red sun rises over Harrison Stickle: 

harrisonharrison Last weekend was definitely one of those times when all the effort paid off. I had decided to head up to Crinkle crags for sunrise with fellow photographer and friend Shaun Derby. Crinkle Crags sits at the head of Great Langdale and is around 2800 metres in height, so it is a good hike. It is a wonderful vantage point and somewhere I hadn't been for sunrise, so the prospect was really exciting. Sunrise was around 4.45am, so it was going to be an early start. I estimated that it would take around 1 hour and 20 minutes of hiking to get onto the fell. So we decided to set off around 2am, as it is a good 45 minutes drive, this would get us to our start point around 2.45am and would allow us enough time to get on the fell and find a composition in time for sunrise. The weather was looking a bit hit and miss, but we still decided to go. The alarm sounded at around 1.30am and I begrudgingly scraped myself out of bed, luckily the excitement soon took over and I was raring to go. We arrived on top of Wrynose Pass at around 2.45am, got our kit together and with our head torches on we set out into the night. It is a moderate climb from Wrynose and you avoid the really steep ascent from Oxendale, however it is still a good trudge. The journey up was good and filled with much chatting and gossiping. As the light started to increase, it looked like sunrise was potentially not going to materialise, as there was a lot of cloud in the sky with not may breaks. However the conditions looked interesting with a lot of mist, low cloud and haze in the atmosphere. 

Bow Fell and Scafell view - The light finally broke the clouds

Morning Light on Crinkle CragsMorning Light on Crinkle CragsA wonderful morning on Crinkle Crags, Great Langdale. The first of the morning sun breaches the heavy cloud and beautifully warms the fells. This is looking across Crinkle Crags towards Bow Fell and the Scafell massif covered in low cloud. It was well worth the 1.30am alarm call to get up to the fell in time for sunrise. Definitely worth all the effort.

We arrived around 4.10am on top of the fell and it certainly looked like there would be a shortage of light which was a shame. However it was just nice to be out and spending time with Shaun, as I hadn't seen him for ages. Sunrise had already been and we watched as the faint sun, glowing red tried but failed to break the cloud and haze. At this stage, sunrise was looking a bit of a none event. I must admit I was feeling a little uninspired, I'd tried a few shots but nothing too special. It was then, it all started to get a little interesting. A small gap in the cloud had developed and it looked the perfect size for the sun to squeeze through. I quickly alerted Shaun to this and said I was going to move further along the ridge to get a better view. I grabbed my gear and made way down to the next section of the ridge. I swiftly started to look for a composition, as when the light gets through it will be pretty quick, so it was a race against time. I set up looking towards the Scafell mountain range with Bow Fell in the distance. My word, within minutes of setting up the light hit and it was absolutely glorious, it perfectly hit my foreground and lit up Bow Fell with a gorgeous warm glow, I was in absolute heaven. Happy man indeed, but it was only to get better as I turned around to witness the most amazing light streaming out from the cloud and washing over Great Langdale. It really was a special moment, I quickly spun my camera around and literally started snapping away. I would have like more time to play with my composition, but some times we just aren't afforded the time. Unbelievable scenes and the best sunrise I've witnessed in a long time.  

Look behind you - Awesome Light show over Langdale:

The BreachingThe BreachingThe Morning sun breaches the cloud casting glorious light over Oxendale. An awesome sight. Taken on a very early morning hike up Crinkle Crags, Great Langdale. One of those occasions when all the effort really does pay off. Its mornings like this that makes it worth it.

Once the light wained, it was time to take a well earned breather after what had been a crazy 10 minutes of photography. Elated I met back up with Shaun, had a banana and revelled in the glorious light show we had just witnessed. I managed to take another couple of images and had a further explore, but at this point the light was going and I was already really pleased with what I captured and my mornings work. So we made our way back to the car in good spirits. We also stopped via another small fell called Cold Pike for a bit of a recce for a future trip out with the camera. In total we covered around 7-8 miles of hiking and all before 8.30am....I was certainly ready for a brew, breakfast and a pretty hefty snooze. I really hoped that I managed to make the most of the conditions and capture some really nice images. There is always that nagging doubt in your mind that you made a mess of the images. Luckily, on this occasion, I managed to get a few that I'm very happy with. What a wonderful morning. It was also great visiting a new location I wasn't familiar with and I enjoyed the challenge of trying to find compositions in a new environment. It was thrilling to say the least. 

The last of the light - looking towards Pike O'Stickle, Great Knott and Wetherlam:

Blisco lightBlisco light The trip out was a wonderful reminder of why I get up at frankly stupid times of the day and hike up a mountain in the dark with a rucksack of very heavy equipment. It's because you get out of photography what you put into it, the more effort and time you invest in it the greater success you will have. It's not easy getting up at stupid o'clock and it really does hit you later in the day, however you don't witness these amazing scenes when tucked up in bed. The memory of this morning will stay with me forever and hands down beats a few extra hours in bed. The rewards for making all the effort of getting up the fell really does out weight the negatives. 6-7 years ago I would never dreamed of doing this, but in doing so, I've produced some wonderful images, seen some unforgettable sights and forged some amazing memories that will last a lifetime. Now thats surely better than a kip. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Lake Lake District Photography Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/6/Itsallabouttheeffort Sun, 06 Jun 2021 20:06:13 GMT
Landscape Photographer of the Year - To enter on not to enter....that is the question? https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/3/landscape-photographer-of-the-year---to-enter-on-not-to-enter-that-is-the-question Its that time of year again when the landscape photography community is invited to enter there best work for consideration in the prestigious Landscape Photographer of the Year awards. Last year was my first year entering the competion and it was certainly a bit of an eye opener for me. I'd always been pretty dubious about entering competiitions, probally because I never really thought my work would be good enough and a little bit of in built lack of confindence. I would always look at the calibre of the entrance and would think 'how can I compete with them'. However, with the covid pandemic and the general doom and gloom around, I thought what the hell, life is too short and I gave it a crack and I'm really pleased that I did. Ok I got nowhere near to winning as the quality of the entrance where mind blowingly exceptional, however I did get an image shortlisted which was a huge boost to my confidence, so for that alone I deemed it worth while. I understand it can be difficult to put your images under the scrutiny of the experts, as we are all fiercely protective our work, however I actually think its another tool to help you to become a better photographer and if thats the only thing you take away then that isn't a bad thing is it?


I know there are some in the landscape photography community who believe the competion to be a waste of time and money but I believe it makes you a better photographer. So why? Well a couple of reasons, firstly to use the experience to refine your work. We still need to be individuals as photographers and shoot what is pleasing for us but we need to do this to the upmost quality and presentation of our images. This for me was one of the most important lessons I took away from entering the competition last year. It really tuned me into to thinking a little more about the quality of my images, attention to detail, file presentation, composition and editing. It can be easy to miss the finer details when posting pictures on social media, as these platforms can hide a multitude of sins that simply cannot be hidden when printed and viewed on a larger scale. So I found this really interesting and I will certainly be checking my images for this years competition with greater scrutiny. I've always maintained that I want to produce the highest quality images I can and just taking that little bit of extra time and care over our images is really important in taking those steps to improve. Its also good to observe what the quality of the winning images are, this way it gives you something to aspire towards. Finally if you do get a winning image, then that is a huge statement and certainly put a little more weight behind your photography. 

Loughrigg Mists - My shortlisted image for the 2020 competition:

The Clearing - Loughrigg MistsThe Clearing - Loughrigg MistsThe first of the morning sun starts to illuminate the mist as it clings to the trees. Taken on a superb morning of photography from Loughrigg Fell, a place a love to visit with the camera.

I think its also important to not get too down hearted as well, competitions are based on peoples opinions and this makes it very subjective. What I like might not necessarily be the taste of the judges, but thats not to say that its not a good image. So while it is great to get recognition, it is also important to not get too hung up on it. I entered two competitions last year and got 3 images shortlisted. A couple of the images for LPOTY that where rejected got shortlisted in another competition, so as you can see its all very subjective and based on individual opinions. So just a few litle thoughts for you on the subject, some love it, ovthers hate it but for me it'd definitely a worth while exercise. Anyway I must get cracking with my chosen images over the next couple of weeks and submitting them before the April cut off. If you are entering then good luck.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) competition Landscape LPOTY Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/3/landscape-photographer-of-the-year---to-enter-on-not-to-enter-that-is-the-question Thu, 18 Mar 2021 09:24:11 GMT
NEWS: Chris Lewis Charity Landscape Print Auction https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/3/news-chris-lewis-charity-landscape-print-auction On the 6th February 2021, Chris Lewis, a member of the Patterdale Mountain Rescue team was seriously injured after a fall while on a rescue on Red Screes on the Kirkstone Pass. Chris suffered life altering injuries and will need medical support for the rest of his life. Sadly, this situation could have so easily been avoided as the people being rescued had broken Covid lockdown rules and come from another part of the country.  The events that unfolded on the 6th February have really resonated with the outdoor community, who have pulled together and raised a significant amount of money in support of Chris and his family.  

Scafell Winter Moods - This is my image that I have donated to the Auction:  

MRT Print  (1 of 1)MRT Print (1 of 1)

I'm absolutely honoured to have been asked to donate one of my prints to be auctioned in support of Chris. The charity auction features 23 of the top UK Landscape photographers like Mark Littlejohn, Nigel Danson and Verity Milligan to name but a few. There is some absolutely stunning images up for grabs and it is such a worth while cause. The auction is open until the 13th April and has already raised over £3000 in its first couple of days which is amazing. I have offered an A3 signed Giclee fine art print image called Scafell Winter Moods. I have put the link for the auction here and it would be wonderful if you could put in a bid to really help Chris and his family out. 

If you have any questions then please do let me know.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Auction. Charity Chris Lewis Mountain Patterdale Recue https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/3/news-chris-lewis-charity-landscape-print-auction Sun, 14 Mar 2021 20:57:32 GMT
Tripod or Handheld.........Which is Best for Landscape Photography? https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/2/tripod-or-handheld-which-is-best-for-landscape-photography If you want the highest quality images then the humble tripod is a must have piece of kit in the eyes of many photographers. It is essential for keeping the camera still and avoid any unwanted camera shake, with the end result being beautifully pin sharp images. As landscape photographers this is absolutely vital. However with the introduction of IBIS (in body image stabilisation) in both camera bodies and lenses, which allows photographers to shoot handheld at slower shutter speeds, it really does beg the question....do we actually need a tripod? I'm going to have a look at the advantages and disadvantages of both methods and try to determine whether there is still a place for the tripod with all the advances in camera stabilisation. 

Tripod Blog (1 of 1)Tripod BlogThe advantages of using Tripod for Landscape Photography. Tripod Advantages: 

We will start with the tripod and its advantages. The over riding advantage of a tripod is that it will keep your camera perfectly still, which is vital when trying to avoid unwanted camera shake and to take perfectly sharp images. As landscape photographers we really do want to maximise sharpness and quality in our images and there is no doubt the tripod certainly aids this. 

Another advantage is that having the camera on a tripod allows us to shoot when the light is low, this is usually the case with landcape photographers as we like to shoot at the time of day when light is at a premium. It also increases our creative options allowing us to use long exposures, focus stack, composite and exposure blend. These effects require both the camera to be perfectly still and also for the images to be the same, so they can be seemlessly stacked together or blended in software.

The tripod can also help you to slow down your work flow and really take time to compose and tweak your compositions so they are perfect. We can tend to get a little snap happy when we are free of the tripod and as a result we are not taking the time to really think about our composition and just snapping any old scene which catches our eyes.  

This is a shot taken at Rydal Water. It was shot on a tripod as I wanted maximum quality and also I used a filter, so I could smooth out the ripples in the water, so using a tripod was absolutely essential. Settings used: ISO 100, f8, 8 seconds at 57mm. 

Rydal Boathouse MistsRydal Boathouse MistsA beautiful misty morning at Rydal Water looking towards the Boathouse. The early Autumn colours really coming through.

This is a zoomed in view of the above image from Rydal Water. As you can see the detail and quality when zoomed in is absolute incredible and really highlights the quality you can get with a tripod in the right circumstances. 

Blog TripodBlog Tripod

Tripod Disadvantages:

In theory the tripod seems perfect right? Well there are some definite disadvantages of using a tripod. The first disadvantage is that they are awkward and clumsy. I've often been found on the side of a mountain wrestling with my tripod trying to manoevre it into a good position to get my shot just right. Tripods also slow your reaction time down and you can miss out on shots while trying to re position your tripod, especially when the conditions are changeable. 

You also pay for what you get with a Tripod. If you buy a cheap one that isn't sturdy, well then you might as well not bother having one at all. So you usually have to fork out a bit of cash to get a good one. You also have to lug them around and a good tripod can be pretty heavy as well and it's all additional weight. If you like to travel light and take minimal kit with you, then again is the tripod necessary?  

Tripods are also not practical in all scenarios, if you need to be a little more discreate then a whacking great big tripod isn't really gonna work. If you are in really windy weather conditions then a tripod can be more of a hinderance. You always need to have the tripod set up on solid ground, if you are on soft spongy ground this can also create camera shake and movement. So while they are brilliant, they do have there limitations.

Handheld Advantages:

Now we have looked at the advantages and disadvantages of using a tripod, we will now take a look at the same for handheld shooting. So for me the main benefit of handheld shooting allows you to really free up your movement and gives your greater speed of response and spontaneity. This is essential when we are dealing with changeable conditions and fleeting moments. Photography is about catching that moment, that split second in time and if we are faffing with a tripod then that moment will be lost. The most striking and powerful images of our time are all reactionary and capturing a single moment in time......this is a hugely powerful thing and makes this advantage a potential winner.    

Photography is a creative persuit and freeing yourself from the tripod can really open up your creativity. We can employ lots of different angles and points of view that might not be possible when using the tripod. This enables us to really push the boundaries of our creativity and create unique and interesting images. Not using a tripod also helps you to be a little more discreat when shooting and this is important in certain genres and scenarios. 

It also helps to impact our understanding of camera settings and how to get the best possible results when we are not using a tripod. So we have to be more mindful of our settings and how they affect the shot we are taking. An example of this is we should always shoot with our shutter speed one over our focal length to ensure sharp images. So if I have a focal length of 125mm my shutter speed should be 1/125th sec or higher. We will also need to use wider apertures and increase your ISO in order to allow or sensor more light and achieve quicker shutter speeds. Ok IBIS in modern cameras is very good, but it is still good practise to understand your settings for handheld shooting to maximise your image quality.

A shot taken handheld on a blustery late afternoon on Kings How. This was one of those reactionary moments, when trying to set up the tripod and getting it nice and stable would have meant I missed the shot. Plus it was so windy I would have struggled to keep the tripod still. So used the following settings to achieve the shot. ISO 200, f8, 1/350th Second at 103mm. I increased my ISO and used a wider aperture to help get as much light to the sensor as possible, while keep the quality as high as possible. I had my IBIS on for the shot. 

Great End Light  (1 of 1)Great End Light (1 of 1)Beautiful light washes across Great End and the Borrowdale Valley. Taken from Kings How on a blustery Autumn afternoon.

Handheld Disadvantages:

Finally the disadvanges of handheld shooting. So the biggest disadvange as I see it is the camera shake and loss of quality in images. This is a bit of a biggy really, what is the point of catching a fleeting moment if that moment is blurry and has camera shake. I have had to bin a few shots which simply aren't good enough in quality because they suffer from camara shake.

As I mentioned in the tripod advantages, shooting handheld can introduce a 'snap happy' mentality and instead of really 'working' a shot and getting the best of it we are more likely to take more random shots with a little less thought to them. 

Going handheld does free your creativity in certain ways, it also stifles it in anothers. Creative effects like long exposures, focus stacking, blending exposures and composite images are all dependant on using a tripod and keeping the camera as still as possible, so if you like to employ any of these effects into your photography then a good tripod is essential.

Shooting handheld can be physically demanding as well, as modern cameras and lenses are pretty heavy and this impacts your ability to keep the camera still if we are trying to hold up a weighty camera set up. My camera and one lens weighs around 1500g and its not the largest set up ever and even holding that still for a few minutes can be hard work and my steady hand can get a little wobbley. 

When handheld goes bad: A recent shot which illustrates the problems we can experience with handheld shooting. As you can see the bottom third of the image has a fair degree of camera shake, party due to the strong winds and me not keeping the camera steady enough and also the incorrect settings to achieve a quick enough shutter speed. 

Blog Tripod 2Blog Tripod 2 Conclusion: 

So there you have it, the main advantages and disadvantages to both methods. As I see it, it comes down to a play off between ultimate image quality and ulitimate freedom and which is more important to you. We also need to look at your own personal circumstances and the scenarios you find yourself in and the types of photography you practise. So If i had to choose one....well I don't think I could and I don't believe I should. It won't surprise you to know that there isn't really a right or wrong answer and I like to employ both methods in my photography depending on the circumstances. If I have time on my hands to work a shot and get the upmost quality image then I will always use a tripod, however sometimes we are presented with opportunities we aren't expecting and have to have the ability to adapt quickly to these and catch these fleeting moments, this when I tend to go handheld and I'm willing to drop a little bit of quality to get that dramatic fleeting moment. So in conclusion, they both have a place and I'd recommend that you get familiar and practise both, this way your are more adaptable in any given circumstance and have the ability to handle any scenenario that we are presented with. I'd rather have my eggs in more baskets than just one. I've really enjoyed working on my handheld shooting this year, it definitely has opened up options and increased my camera setting awarness. I've seen a real improvement in the steadiness of my shots and ultimately believe I'm a stronger photographer as a result but I won't be ditching the tripod anytime soon.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) blog district handheld lake Landscape Photography shooting tripod https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/2/tripod-or-handheld-which-is-best-for-landscape-photography Thu, 18 Feb 2021 10:28:39 GMT
NEWS: Lake District Photography Workshop Vouchers Now Available https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/news-lake-district-photography-workshop-vouchers-now-available LAKE DISTRICT PHOTOGRAPHY WORKSHOP VOUCHERS NOW AVAILABLE 

I'm pleased to announce that I now offer gift vouchers for my Workshops. I'm offering vouchers for both full and half day workshops and they will make a perfect gift for somebody. The vouchers are valid for a year from the date of purchase. Vouchers can be emailed or printed and posted to a destination of your choice. For more information and to purchase your voucher please click here

If you have any questions then please feel free to contact me and I will be happy to help. Contact  me on [email protected].

Gift Voucher Full DayGift Voucher Full Day

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Gift Vouchers Lake District Photography workshops Photography 1-2-1 Tuition https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/news-lake-district-photography-workshop-vouchers-now-available Fri, 29 Jan 2021 11:30:32 GMT
Lake District Photography - A gift from Nature and timely boost from the Lockdown blues https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/lake-district-photography---a-gift-from-nature Ahh back in lockdown again...in fact for the third time in a year. I don't know about you but this time it really does seem alot harder and I have certainly felt more down in the dumps than the first major lockdown last March. I'm not sure if it just a cumulative effect, a building of momentum over time or if there are other factors at work. Either way, at three weeks in I'm really starting to miss the great outdoors and getting out with my camera more so than ever before. I can certainly, in part, attribute this to the fantastic weather conditions we have had over the last few weeks, with some gorgeous winter snow, which sadly I've had to observe sat at home. The fact I cant make the short and lets be honest...it is short, trip into the Lakes makes it all the more difficult. Ok, it is the right thing to do in my mind, but that doesn't make it any easier. However, I really can't justify making the non essential trip out to take pretty pictures......especially when the NHS and Mountain rescue services are under unpresidented strain. It simply doesn't feel right. So considering all this, my photography time has been greatly reduced and this has had an effect on my mood of late. However, luck was definitely on my side this weekend and I was given a superb gift from nature and boy oh boy it was much needed and very very welcome. 

Snow, Mist and Trees - The morning mists really did add another dimension to snow and trees:

Hoad snow 1 (1 of 1)Hoad snow 1 (1 of 1) We don't tend to get a lot of snow down my neck of the woods in South Cumbria. It's funny, as you can drive 10-15 minutes up the road and get tonnes of snow, but where i live it is very seldom we get any. So you can imagine my delight when I awoke on Saturday morning to the most wonderful sight.....a lovely dollop of fresh SNOW!! I was all a fluster, I was so excited. I got my gear packed up as quickly as I could, had a mouth burning speedy brew and forced some toast down and off I tramped on foot from home up the local hill. In around 15 minutes I was on top of the hill and in absolute winter heaven. To make it even more unbelievable, not only did we have snow but also the mist was rolling in and out and it looked wonderful. It truly was a gift, a respite from the ground hog day of lockdown. I felt like a kid at Christmas but I didn't really know where to start, I was feeling the pressure and was a little over whelmed as there was so much going on. I certainly started to get the 'photography fear' that I wouldn't be able to take advantage of these amazing conditions which don't come around often. After giving myself a talking to, calmed down a little and relaxed, I set to work.

Frozen Mists - Looking across the Leven Estuary 

Hoad snow 2 (1 of 1)Hoad snow 2 (1 of 1)

I had a rough plan now and I had a couple of shots that I really wanted to capture, conditions dependant, so if I could get either of these I would be happy. It didn't take too long for me to get shot one in the bag. I shot these trees back in the first lockdown and I really liked the diagonals that help move you through the scene. I really wanted to capture this but with the mist and snow, which would add a nice bit of contrast to the image. Well the mist rolled in and surrounded the trees and softened the background and it looked fantastic. With shot one in the bag I really felt the pressure was off and I was in my absolute element as I moved from location to location trying to catch the fleeting moments which the rapidly changing weather presented me with. I decided to ditch the tripod and was shooting handheld, so I could react quickly to these changing conditions and move around with total freedom and open up my creativity. I headed off the main hill and started to explore the hills behind to see what else I could find. Shot number two was taking advantage of the changing mists again. I've photographed the small out crop of trees that sits on one of the hills across the otherside of the estuary before and they looked really nice just poking out from the mists, with a frozen landscape below. It had a wonderful monochrome look and feel to it and the mist really simplified the scene.  

Weather beaten - The shot I really wanted to get, this fantastic set of trees in a snow shower.

Lean on meLean on meA copse of trees covered in a fresh covering of snow on the side of Hoad Hill Ulverston, South Lakes. Taken on a lockdown stroll. The main image I really wanted, was a lovely group of bent and twisted trees which sit on the hillside. The vision I had was them in heavy snowfall and white out conditions. While I was on top of the hill, it started to snow and the weather was closing in a little, so I made a dash for it down to the trees, to hopefully grab my shot. Luckily I managed to catch the tail end of the snow on the trees, not as much as I would have liked but I was really pleased with the image and it was, near enough, what I have envisaged. At this point I was really satisfied with what I'd captured and anything else would just be a bonus. I probably spent another few hours strolling around the hill as the great conditions didn't seem to be letting up. I probably took around 120 images in total, ok alot were utter duffers but I definitely bagged a few I'm really very pleased with. However all good things must come to an end and eventually hunger and lack of batteries got the better of me and I decided to head home for a bacon butty and a brew. The walk back was lovely, as there were lots of folk out enjoying the snow responsibly and lots of happy people and that was something to savour indeed. 

Coniston Old Man View - The impressive Coniston Fells with a splash of morning light warming them.

Hoad snow 3 (1 of 1)Hoad snow 3 (1 of 1)

What a wonderful morning of photography and one which gave me such a monumental lift. For the first time in a long time I felt happy and continent and had no worries about covid and other enormous pressures. The weekend felt like a weekend, that I had achieved a great deal and had a huge sense of satisfaction. Dare I say it but for those short few hours, I felt normal......I felt like me and it was wonderful. I want more of this, I want to feel this way again and I know I will. This has given me enough fuel in the tank to keep moving, keep positive and focus on the good that will be once more. Sometimes we don't need a lot to give that boost but the snow really has brought so much to so many people. Nature really did intervene and give everybody a bit of respite from the hardship of the latest lockdown. When hope is low, she picked us up and set us back on the road again. I for one am very greatful of this and can't thank her enough. 

Estuary Inversion - The mist kept getting better and better as the morning progressed. 

Hoad Mists 5 (1 of 1)Hoad Mists 5 (1 of 1)
Keep smiling and safe.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Cumbria District Lake Landscape Lockdown mist Photography snow Ulverston https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/lake-district-photography---a-gift-from-nature Mon, 25 Jan 2021 13:39:08 GMT
Lake District Photography - What Did I learn in 2020 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/what-did-i-learn-in-2020 I've always enjoyed the persuit of improving my photography skills, its something that really drives me forward. 2020 has been a challenging year for all and I've suffered my fair share of rough times as a result. However, my photography hasn't really suffered and infact, its been an enjoyable year for photography and for which I count myself very lucky and also very very sane after all the crazy times. I've definitely produced some of my best photography in 2020, I've had an images shortlisted in a few competions and I've had my most successful year from a business point of view. Aside all of this I've also learned some really valuable lessons in my approach to photography along the way. Not only has my approach changed but also my tastes. So all in all, I would count that as a successful year in the world of photography. Read on to find out what I've learned and also what has been inspiring me and altering my photography tastes over the most turbulent of years. All images were taken Handheld and outside of golden hour.

Black Crag View - The beautiful view of Little Langdale, Lingmoor Fell and the Langdale Pikes taken in the middle of the day and hand held: 

Black Crag Summit StileBlack Crag Summit StileThe old wall and stile at the summit of Black Fell with sits above Tarn Hows in the Southern Lake District. The View out over High Arnside, Little Langdale and the Langdale Pikes beyond is one of my favourites in the Lakes.

Shooting outside of Golden Hour:

You will often hear photographers constantly banging on about 'golden hour' and how this is the best time to get off your backside and get out with the camera. If you don't know, the golden hour is the hour after sunrise and before sunset. The light is softer, warmer and alot easier to work with and can really improve the look and feel of your images. Now while I do agree that golden hour is definitely the optimum time for landscape photography, one of the most important lessons I've learnt this year is you should NEVER discount shooting outside of golden hour. Now I've definitely been guilty in the past of day time shooting snobbery and I wouldn't dream of taking my camera out in the middle of the day...oh no. This, I now believe, was a huge mistake and rather nieve on my part. Over the course of the last year I taken some of my favourite images in the day. I can attribute this to spending more time in the field and witnessing the changing light at different times of the day and the quality of that light. I realised that good light is good light, whatever the time of the day. Why was I limiting my options to take images? As that is what I was doing. I want to take images with freedom and not shoot outside of golden hour because of 'experts' saying so. Keep your mind open and your options as wide as possible, never discount any situation, opportunity is always around the corner and we shouldn't stiffle it. So my camera never leaves my side when I'm out and about. Sometimes it stays firmly tucked in the bag...which is fine, but if you don't have it with you you are potentially missing opportunities. 

Looking North - Another hand held shot from black fell and at a longer focal length to really maximise the impact of the fells:

Black Crag moodBlack Crag moodA moody winters afternoon looking North from the summit of Black Fell towards Loughrigg Fell, Silver How, Helm Crag and Seat Sandal covered in a splattering of snow.

Ditch the tripod....its quite liberating:

I've also taken my camera off the tripod and started to hand hold a lot more. I've found this absolutely vital when shooting in changing light, when we don't have time to faff and fumble about with a tripod. Lets face it, tripods are great if you've got time to adjust and refine, but when time is of the essence, they can be a damn nuisence. I've often been seen wrestling with my three legged thing on the side of a mountain and missing the shot in the process. Moving away from the tripod really does free you up, open up your creativity and speed of response to changing conditions. Modern cameras have advanced in camera stabilisation where you can shoot with really slow shutter speeds hand held and retain pin sharp images. So this begs the question, do you really need a tripod? I think there is definitely a time and place for the humble tripod, but there is alot to be said about the freedom you get without. I do believe it helps with the understanding of your camera settings a little more, as you aren't relying on the tripod to keep you steady, ok you may have good stabization but you have to get it right in the camera as well. It also helps you to develop that all important steady hand. In my opinion, its really good practice and an important skill to have and ultimately will make you a better photographer and increase your freedom and creativity. Another major lesson learned. 

A handsome couple - A lovely set of silver birches on Holme Fell catching the afternoon sun. 

Holme Fell - CompanionsHolme Fell - CompanionsTwo birches catching the afternoon light on Holme Fell, near Coniston with Tom Heights behind covered in shade. A shot taken in late Autumn.

My tastes have changed over the last year:  

I've noticed a shift in my photographic tastes this year as well. I have found myself moving away from lake reflection shots and I've become more intrigued by woodland and trees. It had always been a genre I've greatly admired but never really knowing how to start and as a result I kind of dismissed it. However like anything, it takes time and you don't just say 'oh I'm going to take an award winning woodland images today' and do just that. I have to admit that I'm certainly no expert, but I'm really looking forward to exploring it more and developing my skills and eye in this genre. My days of using wider focal lengths and cramming every imaginable element into a shot has changed. I used to think that wider is better, squeeze it all in, but in reality wider doesn't always offer the greatest impact in your photography. I now find I like to get closer to the action and pick out smaller scenes within a bigger picture. My wide angle lens has probably been out of my camera bag about 3 times over the last six months. As I've mentioned before, wider shots tend to push your background further away making them smaller. Now as a Landscape Photographer, my subject is usually a mountainous backdrop, so why do I want to make the 'star' of the show smaller?? In short I don't. I find I shoot alot with a my 70-200mm lens and actually enjoy using it more than my wide angle. 

Wetherlam Storms - Stormy conditions are perfect for photography. This shot was taken mid morning, a good 5 hours after golden hour.

Sunshine and ShowersSunshine and ShowersThe rain sweeps in over Wetherlam as the morning light filters through the fast moving cloud to wash over the Torver and towards Coniston. This shot was taken from Lowick Common.

I really do, if you dont already, recommend you try the areas I've mentioned in this blog. They will really free up your creativity and open up a whole lot more options and help you to develop as a photographer. Ultimately thats what we all want to do, improve and be the best we can possibly be, so by getting out more and more with freedom can only be of benefit. Until next time, keep smiling.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Landscape Lessons Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/what-did-i-learn-in-2020 Mon, 18 Jan 2021 18:23:59 GMT
NEWS: 25% OFF ALL LAKE DISTRICT PHOTOGRAPHY PRINTS https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/news-25-off-all-lake-district-photography-prints 25 OFF (1 of 1)25 OFF (1 of 1)

I will be now offer all my Lake District fine art and standard photographic prints at a crazy 25% off for the rest of January. Simply use the discount code LOCK25 to recieve your discount. So get yours today and really cheer yourself up from those lockdown blues. 

If you have any questions please let me know. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) art discount District fine images Lake Landscape photographic Photography prints https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/news-25-off-all-lake-district-photography-prints Mon, 18 Jan 2021 09:57:11 GMT
My Top 10 Images of 2020 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/my-top-10-images-of-2020 Hoorah!!!! 2020 has made its timely departure and I think I speak on behalf of most people when I say thank god. However squashed in between lockdowns, home schooling, baking and all sorts of crafts with my kids I did manage a fair chunk of photography in 2020. I think I've probably taken some of my best images this year and it has certainly made the hardship of 2020 a little more easy to swallow. So here are my personal top 10 images of my least favourite year on this earth.......in no particular order...

Kelly Hall Tarn Misty Scots pine:

Kelly Hall Tarn - Dusky Dawn MistsKelly Hall Tarn - Dusky Dawn Mists

So first on the hit list is this little number from Kelly Hall Tarn back in the summer. I can usually be found at Kelly Hall Tarn, it's one of my favourite wee spots to visit, but having said that I rarely photograph this view, which it turns out is ridiculous as its an absolute beaut. It was one of those mornings when I was chasing the mist and I actual drove past initial as I wanted to try a new location, but the further I drove the less the mist became. So I drove back and I'm so glad I did. The conditions were sublime, with rolling mists and pastel colours in the sky. The usual view wasn't really working and I noticed that the sky behind me was taking on some lovely colours, so I made that huge 30 second walk around the tarn. I was presented with a gorgeous scene, with mist, reflections, the lone tree and wonderful colours in the sky. I really love this image and I have it printed and hanging on my bathroom. 

The Old Sheperds Hut Kirkstone Pass:

The Old Sheperd's Hut - Kirkstone PassThe Old Sheperd's Hut - Kirkstone PassThe old Sheperds Hut on the way over Kirkstone Pass is a fantastic location and one I always stop by on my way back from Ullswater. The view up the Troutbeck Valley and towards the Kentmere Fells is absolutely stunning. The light and clearing mist on this occassion was absolutely awesome and I had to pull over and get a shot.

This is an interesting one and probably wouldn't be everybodies choice. However it is my top ten so if you don't like it tough. This is a location which I always swing by when heading home from Ullswater over the Kirkstone Pass. On this occassion I was heading home after a rather foggy morning at Ullwaster. The fog was clearing as I dropped down towards Windermere and I noticed in my mirrors the light breaking and was one of those moments where I just had to pull over and jump out of the car. The breaking sun was hitting the side of the hut and there were splashes of light washing over the landscape and moody clearing skies behind..it looked beautiful. What I really love is the foxgloves poking through the bracken and growing up around the derelict hut. 

Rydal Boathouse Mists:

Rydal Boathouse MistsRydal Boathouse MistsA beautiful misty morning at Rydal Water looking towards the Boathouse. The early Autumn colours really coming through.

Number 3 on the list is a wonderfully misty Rydal Boathouse back at the start of Autumn. A location I've only shot a couple of times and one I really wanted to catch in the mist. What I really love about this image is this is a great example of when it all falls into place and I get it exactly right. The location, the conditions and the execution of taking the image. It looks a peaceful calming image to the eye, but the reality is some what different with over 7 miles of walking involved, last minute swapping of location, hours waiting in the cold for the light to come, a group of wild swimmers ruining the reflections, 2 other photographers at the location etc. Sometimes a picture cannot tell the whole story. Thats what I love about photography, the lengths we go to behind the scenes to get an image.....sometimes it works and sometimes it doesn't....on this occassion it worked.  

The Borrowdale Golden Tree: 

The golden TreeThe golden TreeA lone Autumnal Silver Birch is beautifully lit by the afternoon sun after a morning of heavy rain. Taken on the edge of Cummacatta Woods, Borrowdale, Keswick.

This image was the result of heading back to the same location 3 times in 3 weeks. For me another clean and simple image where the elements just fell into place. It had been a morning of heavy rain but the sun was forecast to come out and it certainly did that. It was funny really as I wasn't intending to shoot this tree, as I'd taken an image in the rain a few weeks before and was really pleased with it. I was out with another photographer friend and I was showing him the tree, when it looked like the sun was going to break through the clearing clouds. Well I thought I might as well set up while I'm here. Well when the light broke it lit the tree beautifully and really set off the gorgeous autumnal colours. I took a series of shoots as the light changed, I really wanted one with light on the tree but a darker background and luckily for me that did happen. It really helps to make the tree 'pop' and get vital seperation from the background. Nature at its very very best. This has to be on in my top ten due to it being a wonderful moment shared with a good mate. 

Deepdale Beck - waiting for the light: 

Deepdale Beck - Fleeting lightDeepdale Beck - Fleeting lightSuperb fleeting light hitting Greenhow End at the head of the Deepdale Valley.

Ok halfway through kids. So number 5 is from another location I truly adore and love spending the hours clambering around the waterfalls.....it is of course Deepdale Beck. I've always wanted a shot of Deepdale with some Dramatic light hitting Greenhow End with moody skies behind. This every morning it really had started out pretty dull and I'd spent a good hour hiking further up the valley with very little to show for my efforts. I headed back to my favourite section of the beck and tried a few different compositions as I wasn't expecting much from the day. After about an hour after sunrise, splashes of light seemed to start breaking through the clouds. So I decided to get set up and just hoped the light would fall. Well my resolve was tested with plenty of nearly moments but eventually after standing in the beck for a further one and a half hours the break I wanted finally came and the feeling was utterly amazing. The cloud allowed just enough of the sun through to light up Greenhow End for a matter of moments before it went. I'm so glad I stuck it out.

Wallholm Island pastels: 

Wall Holm Island PastelsWall Holm Island PastelsGorgeous pastel mirror like reflections at Ullswater, looking towards Wall Holm Island and the Glenridding Fells beyond. Back to Ullswater for number 6 and the beautiful Wall Holm Island. This is probably one of my favourite views around Ullswater and it was an absolutely gorgeous morning to boot. It was back in June when sunrises are around 4.30am in the morning, a ridiculous time of the morning but one which brings utter peace and tranquility as others sleep. Taken after lockdown restrictions had eased and when the Lakes where a little quieter than it became in the height of summer. It was another misty, hazy morning which really gave a lovely soft and pastel look to the scene with Wall Holm Island sitting proud beautifully mirrored in a calm Ullswater. I think I took in this view for some time before heading home feeling revitalised. 

Oxen Fell - Looking to Langdale:

Passing ShowersPassing ShowersLovely conditions on Oxen Fell. A passing rain shower reveals a rainbow as the sun breaks the cloud. One of my favourite places in the whole of the Lake District with its wonderful view of the Langdale Pikes. SEVEN!!! Next on the list is an image I took on Oxen Fell in October and the back end of Autumn. Oxen Fell has rapidly become one of my favourite places to visit over the last year, so it only feels right to add a shot into my top ten. Its a place which gives me huge enjoyment and sense of peace and contentment. I've probably been about 10 times in the last 6 months. Id headed up one afternoon, with the promise of a bit of afternoon light. Well I got a little more than I bargained for with light, mood and plenty of rainbows...it was a gorgeous afternoon and had the whole place to myself which was particularly nice. This shot was taken not long after I arrived with some dramatic skies, a touch of light and a wee rainbow......oh and a view to die for, what more do you need? 


Woodland Wanders: 

Misty WoodlandMisty WoodlandMisty woodland around Brotherswater in the eastern Lake District.

Number 8 is this woodland image I took in the summer. I know that this wont be to everybodies taste, however it marked the start of trying my hand at Woodland photography and also the meeting of one of my photography inspirations the same day......which inspired me to take this shot. The conditions where perfect and it was a real light bulb moment for me. I think I took around 2-3 woodland images that day and I was really pleased with all of them. Sometimes little scenes like this can be just as satisfying as those big vistas and it certainly opened my eyes to this and why it has to go in the top ten. 

Beacon Fell Mood: 

Beacon Fell Summit ViewBeacon Fell Summit ViewLate afternoon light on Beacon Fell, Blawith Common looking towards the Coniston Fells.

Nearly done now folks you will be pleased to know. A shot taken at the start of 2020, when the world was a little more settled and very much the storm before the storm. Beacon Fell is only around 20 minutes drive from home for me and I always enjoy the 30 minute hike to the summit. The view, in my opinion is one of the best of the Coniston Fells and a view which never fails to inspire me. This really is my sort of shot with moody skies, epic view and some gorgeous late afternoon light. Definitely worthy of my top ten.

Park Brow - Ullswater moods: 

Park Brow - Looking to UllswaterPark Brow - Looking to UllswaterThe path that leads from Park Brow to Glencoyne Head has one of the finest views of Ullswater in my opinion. So hear we go folks my final image. Yes Ullswater again and another view which I really do love. Its not the obvious view you think of for Ullswater but it really is one of my favourites. Again taken on a moody day with dark clouds and just a touch of light hitting the fells....my type of image.

So what do you think? How many of these would be in your top ten? I'd be really interested to know your thoughts. As I mentioned before these are very much my favourite images and for different reasons. Some bring back happy memories of the day, some a good images and some are from my favourite places to visit. Photography will always be very personal to the individual and you do what makes you happy as a photographer and person and these 10 images certainly do that to me and put a big smile on my face and bring back great memories.....which at the moment are so so important. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District images Lake Landscape Photography ten top https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/my-top-10-images-of-2020 Sun, 10 Jan 2021 19:40:49 GMT
NEWS: New Prints added to the shop for 2021 and 10% Discount during January https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/news-new-prints-added-to-the-shop New Prints for 2021 and 10% Discount during January

Offer  (1 of 1)Offer (1 of 1)

I've been adding some new images to my online shop and also made a change to my Fine Art Photogrphy prints. All Fine Art Prints will now be signed by myself. I'm also going to offer 10% off ALL prints during January. All you need to do is add the discount code TEN at the checkout to recieve your 10% off. I've added some images below of some of the new prints which I've added to the shop. They look absolutely stunning and will look even better on the wall. So hurry, get your original Lake District Photography Print today. They are perfect for a gift or just a treat for youself and something to bring back happy memories of your favourite place or your last stay in the Lake District. Prices start from as little as £20. 

If you can't see what you want then please do get in touch, as not all images are added to the shop. You can contact me on [email protected]. If you need any assistance please do let me know. I'm always happy to help.  

Buying one of my prints is a great way to support me and my business and helps me to continue to do what I do. 

Rydal Boathouse Mists: 

PRINT1 for website  (1 of 1)PRINT1 for website (1 of 1)

Kings How Summer:

PRINT3 for website  (1 of 1)PRINT3 for website (1 of 1)

The Golden Tree - Borrowdale:

PRINT4 for website  (1 of 1)PRINT4 for website (1 of 1)

Black Fell - Langdale Winter View: 

New Print added to the Shop - Black Fell - Langdale Winter ViewNew Print added to the Shop - Black Fell - Langdale Winter View

Windermere Pre Dawn Mists: New Print added to the Shop - Windermere pre dawn mistsNew Print added to the Shop - Windermere pre dawn mists

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Art District Fine Lake Photo Photographic Prints https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/news-new-prints-added-to-the-shop Thu, 07 Jan 2021 17:40:44 GMT
Goodbye 2020 and Hello 2021.....it must get better....surely? https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/goodbye-2020-and-hello-2021-it-must-get-better-surely 2020 what a year eh? Ok, its not been a vintage one and I think the quicker we can sweep it under the carpet, tuck it into that bottom draw or just toss it in the bin the better. I'm not going to dwell on it too much, but aside the negatives of 2020, there has been many positives mixed inbetween the general doom and gloom. Photography, on a whole, has been rather enjoyable as I've had more time to focus on it. As a result of this, I believe I've produced some of my best work.....when restrictions have allowed it. I've also met some lovely people along the way (from a socal distance of course) and ones, hopefully I will remain in contact with. So its not all been bad. However, we now find ourselves in another lockdown to start 2021, which will be a blow to many, but yet again it is necessary in my opinion. Hopefully this will be the last one and once the vaccine is rolled out, we can get back to some normality....or whatever normal would be. So I will be on a six week break from getting out into the Lakes with my camera, but that is fine and I cant really justify the risks. Plus I'll be yet again busy with home schooling (oh joy) and working on my photography business, which despite covid was probably my most successful year to date and I'm very keen to build on this. I'll have to get back to you on whether 2021 will be better but in the meantime I'm going to look at my last trip out of 2020 and getting myself in on some wonderful snowy action. 

The Scafell Massif from the Walna Scar cross roads: 

The ScafellsThe ScafellsLooking towards the Scafell massif from the side of a snowy Buck Pike, Coniston. A fablous winter wander over Christmas 2020.

So 2020 left off with rather a lot of snow and it has been lovely to see the fells with their winter coats on. Winter last year was absolutely awful and frankly it would be rude not to have a trip out in such conditions, as they don't come around often. I decided to take a hike up Dow Crag, as its fairly close to home and I was trying to stay local and not travel far. The fell makes up part of the Coniston range and is one of my personal favourites, as it has beautiful views and is a little less busier than its more famous neighbour the Old Man of Coniston. It was a sunny day, with plenty of blue skies, but that didn't matter too much, as it was just damn good to be out in these wonderful conditions. Dow Crag is a reasonable hike and shouldn't be under estimated, as with all fell walking in the winter months, more on this later. I started my walk from Torver and made the hike up through quarries to the Walna Scar road, this is a rough road/track which links Coniston to the Duddon Valley. The road leads you up to a plateau between Buck Pike and Brown Pike, from here you can either decend into the Duddon Valley, turn left and head across to Brown Pike and White Maiden or right to make the ascent of Buck Pike and Dow Crag. I arrived at the plateau after around an hours hike/slide and was stopped in my tracks by the first sight of the Scafells. They looked amazing covered in snow and low cloud clinging to the summits. I naturally had to get the camera out and take a few images as the light and cloud changed to alter the mood of the scene. 

Summit View - Looking up to the summit of Dow Crag and the Scafell Massif: 

Dow Crag Winter Summit ViewDow Crag Winter Summit ViewLooking towards the summit of Dow Crag and the Scafell Massif on a snowy winter hike. I then spent some time exploring the slopes of both Buck Pike and Dow Crag looking for a golden hour/sunset shot. I have to admit, that I tried a few different composions, but wasn't finding anything overly exciting. The problem I had was the summit was fairly rocky and a little chaotic and this made finding a simplistic composition difficult. After frolicing around in the snow for a good hour or so, I eventually came across a scene I thought had potential. It was on the final ascent before the summit and I found a nice collection of rocks, which kind of mirrored the mountains in the distance and made for good foreground interest. I got set up and played around with angles and waited for the best of the light. Luckily and to add further interest to the scene, some rather nice looking cloud had rolled in and provided a bit of contrast with the snow. This really helped to balance the image and give it greater impact and depth, which would have been lost without the cloud. Having been on the fell for a good few hours and with the wind picking up, I was starting to get very cold and my hands where like blocks of ice. Winter photography can be pretty brutal at times and I'm so glad I had my many layers on to keep the chill off. Its so important to be prepared in these conditions. Just as we approached golden hour the light was looking nice and I grabbed my shot with the last of the nice cloud before it blew over and left blue skies behind. At the time of taking I wasn't sure the shot was going to work, but you never really know until you get it home on the computer but I'm pleased to say I'm happy with how this turned out. 

Moonrise over the Old Man - My final sunset of 2020 a lovely way to end a turbulant year:

Moonrise over Dow Crag and Coniston Old ManMoonrise over Dow Crag and Coniston Old ManGorgeous moonrise over Dow Crag and the Old Man of Conistion from Buck Pike. The colours in the sky where absolutely amazing. The remainder of golden hour was a little bit dull as the skies had cleared but low cloud had covered the Scafells and it all looked nice enough but didn't really translate on camera. Sometimes we just have to except that just because a scene looks good to the eye doesn't mean it will work on camera. So I just stopped, had a brew and watched the sun sink below the icy horizon. It was wonderful to watch and a pleasure to be out in. I then packed up my gear and decided to head back as it would be a good hour hike in the dark to the car. When I reached Buck Pike I had a glance behind me and noticed that the moon was rising over the Old Man and it looked amazing. So I decided to set up and try and get a shot. It was such a clear crisp night by now and the clarity was amazing. The moon was rising over the fells and there was a sublime belt of Venus (earths shadow), anti crepuscular rays and gorgeous pink and blue hues in the sky. It was probably one of the most awesome sights I've seen on a fell and it was quiet and peacful to boot. A wonderful way to end a great hike. There was a stark reminder on the way down that the fells must be treated with respect and you need to be fully prepared at all times, with a full scale mountain rescue call out including ten members of the MRT and a helicopter for somebody who had attempted to climb a gully on Dow Crag with out the proper equipment and got stuck. Luckily knowbody was injured on this occassion but vital resources were used and at this moment in time these resources could have be utilised better. This is one of the reasons that I will be staying home for the time being. Stay safe all and look after each other. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) 2020 Coniston Crag District Dow Lake Landscape Man Old Photography Snow https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2021/1/goodbye-2020-and-hello-2021-it-must-get-better-surely Tue, 05 Jan 2021 15:54:07 GMT
Lake District Photography - An Autumn to Remember Part 2 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/12/lake-district-photography---an-autumn-to-remember-part-2 With a successful and very moist scouting session the previous week, I once again found myself in Borrowdale for the day. The colours had ramped up another notch and the change in one week was noticeable. The conditions, on paper or app, looked very promising with a mixture of sunshine and cloud. Luckily the heavy down pours didn't look like they were going to materialise, which was good having only just dried on from the previous weeks exploits. The plan was very much as per the week before with me starting the day on Kings How, before coming down to the woodlands and then around the Castle Crag view point for sunset. Another early start and the short but steep ascent of Kings How. Now I've been up Kings How around 6 times and everytime I do I seem to get a little lost and find another way up. The way I went up this time certainly wasn't my favourite and wouldn't be attempt again.....simply put I think I got a wee bit lost. Anyway after some scrabbling, slipping and swearing I finally reached the summit. Its a fantastic little summit as you have view towards Keswick and Borrowdale, so if your undecided on which direction you want to shoot, stand on the summit and wait to see what looks the most promising. That was my plan, the shot I really wanted was the view towards Keswick with the bank of birch trees lit by the morning sun. Sadly this shot wasn't on as a thick layer of low clould shrouded Skiddaw and the shot doesn't work in these conditions. So I made my way down to the Borrowdale side of the fell. 

The first shot I composed for. Really like this scene, but I think I needed a little more light to make the most of it.

kings how trees wide (1 of 1)kings how trees wide (1 of 1) Borrowdale Light - Finally the light breaks over Stonethwaite:

Rosthwaite LightRosthwaite Light As is often the case with Landscape photography the sunrise didn't materialise and it was a waiting game to see if any light would break the thickening cloud. Around an hour and a half after sunrise, slowly the light started to break. In these types of conditions you can often get some lovely light which highlights certain areas of the landscape and this was definitely the case here. A beautiful shaft of light pierced the cloud and lit the Borrowdale Valley floor. It was a gorgeous sight and reward for my patience. This was probably the best of the light I had, after another mooch about I decided to head over to the Keswick side of the fell to see if the cloud had shifted. Sadly the cloud was still to heavy, so I decided to make my way off the fell and have an explore of the woods. I was heading down the path from Kings How and I came across a little woodland scene which rather caught me eye. One thing I've learnt this year is that if something catches your eye it has done for a reason. So I got my camera out and explored the scene and see if it could be worked into a shot. Sometimes scenes, no matter how beautiful they look to the eye, just don't translate to the camera. However it is always worth taking the shot, as you never know. I had a play around looking at different angles and took a few frames. In the end I'm glad I persevered with the images, as its turned out to be a pleasant woodland image and I lost nothing by taking the image. I was getting rather hungry by this point so I headed back to the car for a spot of lunch. 

Woodland Wonder - A lovely little woodland scene that really caught my eye. 

Autumn in BorrowdaleAutumn in Borrowdale

One of the more successful woodland images from the Afternoon session:

borrow wood (1 of 1)borrow wood (1 of 1)

The afternoon session was a real mixed bag and one that wasn't very succesful in terms of woodland photography. I tried numberous compositions and locations but nothing really worked as I'd hoped.......but this is a part of landscape photography. After the woodlands I decided to have a walk across to the open area of land again, there is a small fell...more of a hillock, which is unnamed on OS maps but has a lovely view back towards the woods and Castle Crag. I thought it was a good idea to have a look to see what a higher vantage point would be like. After a very short climb I reached the top and I wasn't disappointed with the views. Its only a small summit with a few birch trees on the top and a small rocky out crop. Once again the view towards Skiddaw was subject to heavy cloud, so I knew this wouldn't work. I turned back towards Borrowdale to witness what looked like some amazing light developing as a passing shower swept through the valley....I quickly got set up and all of a sudden the light broke and hit the woodland infront of Castle Crag. It looked absolutely awesome and contrasted so well with the colours and also the mood. I just fired off as many images I as could. No time for filters, so I had to bracket my exposures because the light was a little on the hrsh side as I shooting towards it. A few moments later it had all gone. I was so pleased I was were I was and able to capture a wonderful moment and probably for me the best light of the day. 

Castle Crag Light - An unexpected burst of gorgeous light over Cummacatta Woods

Castle crag new (1 of 1)Castle crag new (1 of 1) For sunset I had decided to try my luck again on Kings How, but by this time I was a little on the tired side and wasn't sure I could face the hike up again with only the slight hope of anymore light and the cloud clearing from Skiddaw. As a compromise, I decided to hike half way up to a decent vantage point and asses the situation. Well I was less than impressed with what I saw on arrival and decided to head back down. I reached the bottom when I noticed another photographer, who was photographing the gate I needed to walk through. As I go closer, I recognised his face as James Bell, who is a well renown professional Lake District photographer. I follow him on social media and have had a few conversations with him before and is a photographer I greatly admire. So we got chatting and I spent the rest of the afternoon chatting to James and as a result completely missed a decent sunset. That really didn't matter as it was good to meet James and he was a throughly nice chap and really interesting to talk to. I think if I'm honest this was without doubt the highlight of the day and absolutely worth missing sunset for. All in all another enjoyable day out. I still wasn't completely happy with the images I got and I was still very much after the 'magic' autumnal shot. Hopefully I would manage to get back to Borrowdale one last time before the best of the colour departed, my fate was very much in the hands of the gods, as the weather wasn't looking amazing at this stage. I had everything crossed. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Autumn Borrowdale District Lake Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/12/lake-district-photography---an-autumn-to-remember-part-2 Mon, 21 Dec 2020 12:35:46 GMT
Lake District Photography - An Autumn to Remember Part 1 https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/12/lake-district-photography---autumn-to-remember Well time seems to have hurtled past at a rate of knots as we transition from Autumn through to the Winter months. I've been meaning to sit down for a while and do a little round up of my time during Autumn but things have just got in the way. So while I had a little bit of free time, I thought I'd get blogging. Autumn now seems like a lifetime ago but it will remain in my memory for sometime as it has been the most enjoyable I've had in my time as a photographer. Autumn will always be regarded as one of the best seasons for landscape photography and over the last couple of years I've really tried to embrace it. This year more so that ever before as my photography tastes develop and change. Trees and woodland photography have definitely grown more appealing to me and as a result I've wanted to explore this genre further. Having said that, we shouldn't just confine ourselves to the woodlands in this particular season, as the landscape in general takes on a wonderfully warm and rich colour palette, which is a joy to work with. This year it hasn't just been memorable from a photography point of view but also from a personal one as well. I've met some wonderful people along the way and it was great to share it with other like minded photographers. I will definitely look forward to meeting up with them again once the world is a little more healed. So I'm going to do a few blogs looking back at some of my favourite images and tales from a wonderful 4 week period which has probably become my most enjoyable time I've had as a photographer. So here is part 1.  

The spectacular view from Kings How looking over Derwent Water, Keswick and towards Keswick as the rain clears:
Kings How - Clearing skiesKings How - Clearing skiesClearing rain showers over Skiddaw and Keswick from a rather damp Kings How Borrowdale. North Lake District.

I decided to concentrate my efforts in a certain area this year. The reason for this was to explore and really get a good understanding of the place and hopefully as a result produce some wonderful Autumnal images. The area I chose to base myself was in Borrowdale, which is a wonderful location and even more so in Autumn. Just outside the town of Keswick and sitting at the southern tip of Derwentwater, Borrowdale is blessed with an abundance of woodland. It is also perfectly situated to for both sunrise and sunset and made it perfect for an all day photography session. This would give me greater scope to really maximise my chances of catching some awesome images. Day one in Borrowdale was a challenge to say the least, with the majority of the day being subjected to heavy rain and downpours. However, I wasn't too concerned with the weather as this first trip was more of a scouting exercise with the real colours a few weeks away. I started the day on Kings How, a delightful fell which sits proud above the woodlands of Borrowdale and is a fantastic vantage point for both the valley Borrowdale, surrounding fells and also towards Keswick. I spent roughly 5 hours on Kings How being utterly battered by the rain and wind with very little to show for my efforts. Nearing lunch time, I decided to call it quits and make the hike down to the car to refuel and try to dry out. On my way down and looking towards Keswick, I was stopped in my tracks, the cloud was clearing and the rain was litrally sweeping over the town of Keswick and the Skiddaw moutain range. I quickly set up and caught the tail end of the rain. It was amazing to watch and made the miserable hours in the rain worth it. 

The Borrowdale Birch - In coming: 

Autumn StormsAutumn Storms

After I had my lunch and swapped a bit of clothing around, I then headed into the woods. I was hopeful that the sun was going to come out and that would be that for rain......boy was I wrong. I found this rather lovely birch tree, which I'd been meaning to shoot for a few years, but never got around to returning to it. I got set up and waited for sun to light up the tree, as it was teasing me it would.....well that didn't quite happen and I got absolutely pelted by the biggest downpour I think I've ever been in. I could see it moving up the valley infront of me and I braced myself for the inevitable. Well I shielded my camera with my beanie hat, put on my lens hood to keep the rain off and started snapping away and caught a great shot of the tree in the rain before yours truly got utterly soaked. I'm really pleased with this image and it certainly captured the mood and moment perfectly. I then was forced to hide under a tree for a while waited for the rain to stop. 

Castle Crag - Sunshine after the rain: 

Castle Crag Autumn ViewCastle Crag Autumn View

Once the rain had eased I moved on and headed out of the woodland and towards a small open area which looks back towards the woods and Castle Crag, which is a gorgeously jagged, wood flanked fell. Again I was ambling along when I looked and could see another incoming rain shower on the way. I wasn't near any form of shelter this time and just had to suck it up and get a damn good soaking.....again, to be fair I probably couldn't have got any wetter than I already was....may be if I went and jumped in Derwentwater. I've always been a firm believer that after the rain you can sometimes be presented with fantastic conditions - the old sunshine after the rain. Once the rain had ceased, the sun slowly started to break through the clouds and it lit up the woods and Castle Crag, it looked truly beautiful and like it was lined with golden. Definitely worth the soaking and determination won the day on this occasion. This was the final rain of the day luckily, and it was a welcome break, having been wet for majority of the time. I then continued to explore and looked to find my final image of the day. I was hopeful with the clearing weather that I was in for a lovely golden hour before the long drive home. 

The final shot of the day, a lovely birch tree is illuminated by the late afternoon sun, with the Castle Crag beyond:

CAstle bor (1 of 1)CAstle bor (1 of 1)
Now by this point I was absolutely whacked, having been on the go since around 4am. I was freezing cold from wearing damp clothing, my old legs were tired and my back was a little sore having carried around a ton of gear all day. Luckily, I found a nice little composition which was in touching distance of a rather nice rock, which was just big enough for me to stretch out on and rest my weary limbs and dry my dripping wet clothes in the warm sunshine. It was lovely just perched on the rock waiting and taking in the glorious view. I didn't have to wait to long before I got the final light of the afternoon, which lit the scene infront of me for a few moments before the sun dipped behind the mountains and the valley was left in shadow. There was also a rather large bank of cloud on the horizon and that also did a good job of snuffing out any further really golden light, but it didn't really matter as I grabbed a nice image and was really pleased with my days work. Sunset didn't really materialise, as I suspected, so it was time to pack up and head home. What a wonderful day of photography and exploring...if not a wee bit damp. Same again next week? Oh go on then. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Autumn Borrowdale District Keswick. Lake https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/12/lake-district-photography---autumn-to-remember Fri, 11 Dec 2020 11:22:06 GMT
Lake District Photography - Can I be original? https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/9/lake-district-photography---can-i-be-original The Lake District is, arguably, one of the most beautiful places in the UK and attracts millions of visitors each year. It has become a mecca for landscape photography with a plethora of diverse locations to choose from. As a result of its sheer beauty and popularity, many of the classic locations and views have become over saturated and it can be hard to find originality. We hear the terms 'done to death' and 'photographed a million times' and some even consider it 'lazy' photography to photograph the classics. I'm certainly not knocking these locations, they are stunning and I can't argue with anybody wanting to go and see and photograph them, they are popular for a reason. I often photograph these places as well and have done and will continue to do so......because regardless of popularity I still get great enjoyment and satisfaction from shooting these places. Visiting these classic locations also helped to teach me a lot about photography and the Lake District. Knowledge I didn't have when I began. Visiting locations on numerous occassions has given me understanding of the landscape and surrounding areas and as a result I had more confidence to explore and stretch my wings. It has been a very important part of the learning process and for that I will never belittle anybody wanting to shoot these wonderful locations. Having said that, as a photographer is is important to find your own originality in your photography, to keep the interest and creative juices flowing. It can also be highly rewarding when you do find something a little different. But how do you do this? How do you find original compositions in an overly saturated environment. Well I believe you can and in this blog I'm going to try and provide some guidance how I approach looking for originality in my photography. 

Misty Morning - Using mist in your images can really change the look of a landscape: 

Skelwith misty Oxon (1 of 1)Skelwith misty Oxon (1 of 1)

Avoid the obvious locations: 

The first way I try to be original is to avoid the 'hot spots' and 'classic locations'. It can be so so difficult to find an original shot at a location like Blea Tarn for instance, yes we have different seasons, weather and light but there simply is a limitation on the differing combinations of rocks, tarn and mountains we can come up with. I understand that its not easy to dismiss these wonderful locations, but if you want to be original then you need to starting thinking a little differently, if your at a location with 20 photographers taking the same shot, then grab your camera and walk 100 yards down the road and see what that brings. Thats how you need to think in the world of photography. After all we are landscape photographers and not landmark photographers. 

Don't Plan ahead and go with the flow: 

For a number of years I always regimentally planned my shoots, so I new exactly the shot I wanted. I would research the location and look at other photographers images to get a real feel for the area and previsualise the shot. There is nothing wrong with this, however it can be premeditated and stifle your creative juices. More of late I like to just get out with no set plan in mind and go with the flow and see where this path takes me photographically. With not having a preconceived shot in mind I can asses all my options and hopefully find an interesting compositions which is not pre planned or inspired by another photographers images. 

Blawith Common Birch - A shot taken after an explore of an area I've driven past on may occassions. 

Blawith Common mistsBlawith Common mists

Get off the beaten track and explore:

One of the most fun parts of landscape photography is to explore and find new locations and ultimately images. I understand that there is always a gamble with exploring and you can end up heading down blind alleys and come away with little for your efforts. However exploring is a great way to identify new locations, the more we explore the more we are likely to find. This doesn't necessarily have to be physically as we can use maps, books and computer research to identify potential locations. I like to use google maps as this allows me to look at a location in 3D and I can roughly work out what the view will look like and whether it will be suitable.  

Compose for the light: 

There are a couple of ways we can form our compositions, we can compose an image and wait for the light to hit or we can compose directly for the light. What I mean by this is instead of setting up an image and waiting for the light, we essentially base our composition around the light, ineffect we are chasing the light and at its mercy. If we are composing for the light then we will have to be a little more spontaneous and react to the changing light, this can allow us to be taken off in a direction that we may not necessarily have thought about. Granted it can be a little hit and miss but it can yield some fantastic results and get us to think outside of the box.

Lingmoor Light Rays - An example of composing for the light when decending Lingmoor Fell. 

Seeing the LightSeeing the Light

Reach for the longer lens:

One of my favourite ways to look for alternative compositions is by putting the wide angle lens away and reach for the telephoto lens. Using longer focal lengths can really help for us to create interesting compositions as we start zooming in on the action. Telephoto lenses can help us to get closer into our subjects and pick out details in the landscape that would be missed on a wider shot. A long lens can let us create layers and alternative perspectives in our photography giving our shots great depth. Looking for smaller scenes within bigger scenes is a superb way to help you look at a landscape differently, instead of looking for traditional compositions we can look at using shapes, textures and points of interest to include in our compositions. 

Passing Storms - A shot taken on an explore of Lowick Common. A great example of composing for the light, weather and using the longer lens to get closer to the action. I also used the shapes in the field and walls as further interest in my shot.  

Sunshine and ShowersSunshine and ShowersThe rain sweeps in over Wetherlam as the morning light filters through the fast moving cloud to wash over the Torver and towards Coniston. This shot was taken from Lowick Common.

Always keep your eyes open: 

As photographers we are always using our eyes and surveying the land infront of us, even if we aren't directly out with our cameras. This is what we have to do, constantly look and gain ideas and inspiration, whether it be out on a walk or as a passenger in the car, I'm always looking and seeing if anything takes my eye. There is nothing wrong with constantly saving these snippets and ideas to our mind for future. Some may work some may not, but you aren't losing anything by doing this and you never know you may just come up with a gem. This can also be the case when we are in places we wouldn't necessarily think there would be a shot. A few months ago I took a shot in a carpark, never in a million year was I expecting to take this shot, but something caught my eye and I gave it a try and I came away with a lovely image. So you see, always keep those eyes peeled as you never ever know whats around the corner.  

Explore Woodland: 

Woodland photography can be difficult to master, however the woodland provides endless creative opportunities if we can see past the chaos. Combine this with shooting in different weather conditions and you can further open up your possibilities and compositions. Be spontaneous, look for points of interest which catch your eye, look for relationships between different trees, use colours, contrasts and different textures to further add interest to your images. It really can be fun and a great way to stimulate those creative juices.  

Woodland Wonder - Exploring the woods is a great way to find new and creative compositions: 

Trees mist 19Trees mist 19

Use the weather: 

Shooting in different weather conditions can also help with creativity and open up endless compositions. My favourite is mist and also stormy weather when we can, like chasing the light, use the weather to base our compositions around. Weather can dramatically change a scene and transform it beyond recognition. I like how shooting in misty conditions can help you to find endless compostions as the mist continually changes and reveals different parts of the landscape. Stormy conditions can bring superb conditions with brooding skies, intense light, rainbows and rain showers. We can incorporate all this elements into our shots and as the conditions continually change we can allow the weather to take the lead and we just have to point our cameras and follow. Its such fun and can really through up some interesting scenes. 

Passing Storms - Utilising dramatic weather really can help you to form interesting compositions: 

Sunshine and Showers over FairfieldSunshine and Showers over FairfieldA blustery evening on Oxen Fell looking towards Fairfield watching the passing rain showers and gorgeous light. Dont be afraid to experiment:

I always say this but dont be afraid to experiment and take as many images as you like. You really don't lose anything by doing this and sometimes you may just take a gem. I sometimes found that the quick experimental shots are often the best and turned out better than the shot I originally went for. If something catches your eye its always worth taking a shot, as its attracted your attention for a reason and its definitely worth exploring further. 

I hope thats provided you with a little more insight in how I go about looking for new compositions and try to keep my photography fresh and exciting for me. Photography is a creative pursuit and you constantly need to feed this creatvity, I know many photographers who get bored photographing the same scenes over and over again. So by exploring, utilising different weather conditions, light and just thinking outside of the box can really pay dividents when trying to be original and create new and exciting images. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) being District Lake Landscape original Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/9/lake-district-photography---can-i-be-original Wed, 30 Sep 2020 17:36:05 GMT
Lake District Photography - Bringing the Image to life https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/9/bringing-the-image-to-life-rydal-water-boathouse I'm going to start taking some of my favourite images and running through how I captured them and also how I bring them to life in post processing. Hopefully this will give you a little insight to my thought processes involved with making these images. The first image I'm going to look at is a recent picture of the Boathouse at Rydal Water taken on a lovely misty morning. 

Visualising the shot:

Having been a couple of times before I knew the type of image I was looking to capture. The main elements in the scene are the island and the boathouse and I wanted to catch the morning sun on the trees and island. In terms of composition, I wanted to place the island on the left and to occupy the majority of the left side of the frame, this would be the focal point to my image. The boathouse would play second fiddle and offer a little bit of balance on the right hand side. Critically I really needed the mist to stay in the background but not so to obscure the island and boathouse, as the mist would create seperation between the island and the background and help it to really stand out. The mist also helps to eliminate any distractions and simplify the image. It was also important to retain the reflections in the scene, which would further create balance and a sense of calm, which I really wanted to convey. 

Nothing to see here: My view on arrival at Rydal Boathouse

RBH Blog arrival (1 of 1)RBH Blog arrival (1 of 1)

Taking the Shot: 

In terms of my settings, I had the camera set up on a tripod to keep it perfectly still. I used my 24-70mm lens and a focal length of around 57mm, this meant I could get close to the island and boathouse but also have a little space around these elements to let them breath. I shot in full manual mode and in RAW, so I can have full control over processing my image later in Adobe Lightroom. My ISO was set at 100, which is the lowest for the camera. I was shooting on a tripod so I didn't have to worry about shutter speed and camera shake. Keeping it low allows me to get the best image quality possible. I used an aperture of f8 as there was no foreground and with it being misty I didn't have to worry about the background and how sharp that needed to be. Selecting f8 meant I was shooting with the lens at its optimum sharpness to get the best quality image. I used a polarising filter to cut out the glare on the water and also add a bit of pop to the colours. Once I had set up all my settings, I then looked to where to focus. The main focal point to my image was the island, so this was my point of focus. I manually focused on the trees at the top section of the island. I then took a tester shot to make sure the scene was sharp and well exposed. With mist, the camera can get a little confused when evaluating the scene as there is so much white and it can make the camera think it needs to under expose the image, so I used my exposure compensation to increase the exposure +1.0 EV. This brightened the scene and looked more like I saw it. I was now all set up and ready to take my shot, It was now just a waiting game for the light and the mist to play ball.  After around an hour of waiting the sun started to light up the trees on the island and the mist had cleared enough to to get good seperation and also to have the boathouse visable. 

First shot: This is an unedited RAW file straight out of camera. Really pleased with the overall image and balance, however I was not happy with the ripples in the water. 

RBH Blog 1 (1 of 1)RBH Blog 1 (1 of 1)

After reviewing the image it was clear the water was a little choppy, so I decided to use a couple of neutral density filters to flatten the ripples in the water. I used my 6 stop ND filter and a 0.9 medium ND graduated filter to slow my shutter speed. My original shutter speed was around 1/20th of a second, the combination of the three filters increased my exposure to 8 seconds, which was enough to smooth the water and retain some of the reflections. So I took my shot with the ND filters. Because the filters block the amount of light hitting your sensor, you need to focus your camera before you put the filters on, as it can be difficult to find your focus as the image will be darker, on occasions like this it is better to manually focus because auto focus can struggle due to the lack of light. I also used a 2 second timer, so to reduce the camera movement. I reviewed the new image and I was really pleased with the effect the filter had on the water, it also looked calmer and added a nice ethereal look. I checked the image for sharpness and made sure I was happy. This was exactly the image I was after and from first inspections I was very pleased, we would have to wait and see how it looked on the big screen, but I was hopeful I had my shot.     

TAKE 2: The shot using the ND filters to slow the shutter speed enough to flatten the ripples on the water. Un edited RAW file straight out of the camera. 

RBH Blog 2 (1 of 1)RBH Blog 2 (1 of 1)

Post Processing - Bringing the image to life: 

Once I'd got home and reviewed the image on the computer, I was really pleased with the file and was ready to edit the RAW file and really bring out all the lovely details the sensor recorded. RAW files always come out of camera very flat looking and we need to use software to bring out the best of the file. I edited this image in Adoble Lightroom and overall this was an easy image to edit and I really didn't need to do too much, as I had already got a good base to work from, having got as much right in camera as possible.

I firstly I applied lens and chromatic aberation corrections before removing any visable dust spots. I then move on to make my global adjustments, these are adjustments to the whole image. I dropped my exposure, because it was on the brighter side. I then added a little contrast, increased the highlights and shadows, to bring out the detail in the darker areas. Increased the whites slighty, added a touch of vibrance and increased the lights on the tone curve. 

Global Adjustments: This is my partially edited image, I've made all my global adjustements before moving on to toning the image and local adjustments. 

RBH Blog 4 (1 of 1)RBH Blog 4 (1 of 1)

Image toning and colour adjustment: 

The next job was to look at the toning of the image. I wanted the image to be a little warmer than it had turned out, as I remember the warmth of the sun as it broke through the mists and wanted the image to reflect this. I didn't want to increase the over all warmth of the image, just the island and trees, with the mist to still remain a touch cooler. So I decided to split tone the image, this simply means you apply different tones to the shadows and highlights, so instead of having one tone to your image you have two. The image was very much like this anyway, with the warmer colours in the trees and the cooler colours of the mists. The split tone just allowed me bring out the colours. The changes are very subtle and don't move to far away from the original image. 

Split Toning my image: 

RBH Blog 5RBH Blog 5

After split toning, I then moved on to the HSL panel, were we can adjust the hue, saturation and luminance of individual colours. I mostly focused on the warmer colours and gave the orange and yellows a little boost in saturation and hue, so they popped a little more. Once I was happy with the overall colours in the image I then had a couple of local adjustments to do. When I used the long exposure, I gained the reflections but I did lose a little of the density and texture of the mist and I wanted to use a radial filter to re introduce this by using the dehaze tool. You can use this tool to enhance a misty seen as it reduces the detail if you decrease it and gives the feel of mist, use it very sparingly mind you. You can also use it the opposite way to increase the detail some times lost in misty scenes. I also warmed up this area further as I still felt that around the island wasn't as warm as it was on the day, which the ND filter seemed to reduce. The area in red is the area where I applied the alterations. The radial filter is a great tool and can help to make adjustments in specific areas of the image without altering the whole image.

Adding the adjustments through radial filters: 

RBH Blog 7RBH Blog 7

Having added the decrease in dehaze, I then had to do the reverse on the island as it didn't really have too much mist around it and didn't want to lose the details in the trees, the mist was more around the boathouse. So I increased the dehaze on the island area to retain the details. I then increased the exposure of the trees on the right, added a vignette and finally sharpened the image and hey presto, the finished article. What do you think?  

The Final Image: 

RBH Blog final image (1 of 1)RBH Blog final image (1 of 1)

I hope you found this interesting and it has given you some insight on how I approach taking my images and the processing techniques I use to really bring the images to life. I will do a few more images over the next few months. 

Keep smiling 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/9/bringing-the-image-to-life-rydal-water-boathouse Mon, 21 Sep 2020 17:55:57 GMT
A Challenging couple of months but making hay while the sun shines....... https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/9/making-hay-while-the-sunshines Hello everybody,

Its been a long time since I sat down with a brew and wrote a blog, so I thought I best pull my finger out. I do, however apologies for not keeping on top of the website. Its been an interesting few months I must admit and for the first time during this pandemic I have really felt the impact of this awful virus. In terms of health and family all has been good, however from a Job perspective, I haven't been so fortunate. Around a month or two back sadly I was made redundant, the first time in my life. Its taken me a little time to adjust and get my head around it, but through the support of my family and friends I'm slowly starting to look at the positives and to re focus. It is at times like this that I've realised how very important landscape photography has become for me, in a way it has become my therapy, a way to unwind from the stresses and strains of the world. Its a stark reminder to me that no matter how tough things can become, there is an awful lot of beauty to cherish in this world. Through my family and photography this has given me the boost I needed at this challenging time. So, with one door closing another will open, and having this time off has allowed me to spend precious time with my family and also a little more time with my camera, time I wouldn't have had in different circumstances and for that I must be thankful. Anyway enough of the doom and gloom and lets move on to the photography and an update on some of my exploits over the last few months, Its been a busy time and I've really enjoyed myself and got out as much as possible. Here is a little run down on what I've been doing.  

The Return to an old friend: 

If you've followed my photography for any length of time you will know of my fondness for a little tarn on the side of Torver common called Kelly Hall Tarn. I can't tell you how many times I've been over the course of the last 5 years....but its probably bordering on obsession. In August I was treated to a wonderful misty morning at Kelly Hall Tarn, it was probably one of the most enjoyable I've had and was completely unplanned. I wasn't feeling overly adventureous that morning, I think the summer sunrise were starting to take there toll and I was definitely feeling low on motivation. However its amazing what a touch of mist, colour and a gorgeous little tarn with killer views can do for ones soul...it was just what the doctor ordered. The shoot was relaxed and not rushed, which again I needed after a few weeks of headless chicken photography. I was using compositions I'd shot many times, so it was just a case of enjoying and maximising the beautiful conditions and going on auto pilot. I came away with a few shots I was really pleased with and one that is high on my list of favourite images I've taken over the last few years, in fact I've printed it and its now has pride of place on a wall in the house. It was a wonderful way to spend the morning and I really felt energised. This little outing was a real advercation of visiting locations time and time again until you get that magic shot. Its also a great example of not having a set plan in mind and just follow the conditions and seeing where the path takes you. 

The lone Scots Pine Tree at the edge of Kelly Hall Tarn on a misty August morning.  

Kelly Hall Tarn - Dusky Dawn MistsKelly Hall Tarn - Dusky Dawn Mists

Killing Time:

Another one from August and a trip to the River Brathay. I was meeting my Dad for a hike up Wetherlam and we were meeting around 8am in the morning, which allowed me a little time before we met to get sunrise in...well would be rude not to....especially with mist forecast. After a little bit of twoing and frowing, I finally ended up at the River Brathay....this was probably plan D but with time not on my side I had to just roll with it and if anywhere is going to have mist....it is definitely going to be the Brathay. I wasn't wrong, the river was shrouded with thick mist, which took a little time to clear, however as the sun rose above the fells it slowly lit up both the trees and mists leaving me enveloped in a gorgeous warm golden glow....it was like been wrapped in a warm towl on a cold day. The sun rose pretty quickly after this and within about 5 minutes the mist burnt away and revealed an absolute scorcher of a day and time for my hike.....which was great but extremely hot. 

Brathay Golden Glow.

River Brathay - Golden GlowRiver Brathay - Golden Glow  

Lurking In Langdale: 

Well its fair to say I've been hanging aroung in Langdale a lot over the last few months, with about 6 different trips. The main reason I was visiting Langdale so much was to try and capture the heather. There are a couple of fells in the Langdale area which can be particularly good for heather, so I've been frequenting both Side Pike and Lingmoor Fell waiting to capture that perfect shot. Now I certainly wouldn't say I got the perfect shot, as the heather wasn't as good this year as previous, but I did manage a couple of shots I'm really pleased with. This was all down to sheer persistance and determination to keep going back time after time until I got the image. There was certainly some epic fails along the way, but you get out of it what you put in and good landscape images dont come without alot of hard work and effort. My various trips must equate to around 30-40 hours spent in this particular area, which is alot of time, roughly around a weeks work (if I worked). It highlights the effort and time which goes into my photography and any landscape photographer for that matter. To me having determination and persistance really is a key trait you need to have and it doesn't really come easy. I actually think its easier to learn how to use a camera than having the desire to get out time and time again and knowing that you may walk away empty handed on many occassions. I've always said the difficult part of photography is having the motivation to get out at stupid o'clock, if you can master that then everything else will follow.  

A labour of love - Looking over Blea Tarn towards Wetherlam, Swirl How, Great Carrs and Little Langdale  

Little Langdale Dappled LightLittle Langdale Dappled LightA gorgeous morning on Lingmoor Fell looking over Blea Tarn, Little Langdale and towards Wetherlam, Great Carrs and Wrynose Fell.

A lesson in Patience:

Another important trait you need to have in landscape photography is patience and you need it in abundance. I took a trip up to Deepdale Beck a couple of weeks ago, a gloriously rugged and secluded location which oozes mood. I chose this location on this particular morning as the forecast looked like it might be suitable. Many photographers will visit this location on moody overcast days, and while I understand there views, I've always wanted to catch this location with dramatic light on Greenhow End, which is the imposing lump of rock at the head of the valley. If you have a dramatic landscape like this why visit it when there is no light?? Anyway enough of my rambling. There was forecast to be a lot of cloud but windy, so this ment fast moving clouds which, hopefully, would allow for breaks so the light could get through. It looked perfect for what I wanted to achieve, however these conditions can be hit and miss...literally. I spent quite an enjoyable two and a half hours stood in the beck, poised and ready for action. The light was breaking but never really where I wanted it. As time went on I noticed one bigger gap in the cloud and knew it would hit in a few minutes. I checked all my setting and made sure I had nailed my focus and was ready. It seemed an age but slowly the light appeared, tentatively at first but then the sun found its way through and the light washed over Greenhow End. It was around 30 seconds of beautiful light which really got the heart pumping and a huge rush of adrenaline. Over 2 hours stood in an icey beck for 30 seconds of light, some may say I'm nuts but this is what we have to do to get the shot and one I've wanted for some time.....I think the results speak for themselves. 

Good things come to those who wait - Light on Greenhow End, Deepdale Valley. 

Deepdale Beck - Fleeting lightDeepdale Beck - Fleeting lightSuperb fleeting light hitting Greenhow End at the head of the Deepdale Valley.

A second chance

Sometimes we can be well and truly underwhelmed by a location. Now this can be for a number of factors, we may not be feeling on our A game, we may not have the best weather conditions, we might not have been able to work a shot etc. So its always worth giving it another try and another and while you are there...another. You see we are never going to get the measure of a location on the first visit, it potentially could take many visits to really understand and get the best out of a location. Last weeked, I decided to have a trip back to Park Brow Ullswater, I had not been for a good few years and my previous visit was less than inspring and I really struggled at the location. I think a lot of it was to do with the lack of foreground interest and the chaotic nature of the location. It boasts one of the finest view around Ullswater in my opion but I could not find a workable shot, too much random scattering of trees, the old barn, some telegraph poles and arrgghhhh. In short I struggled and subsquently hadn't been back. Now a little older and wiser (maybe), I decided to give it another go. Going back I knew exactly what to expect and had already formulated an idea how I could maximise that gorgeous view and cut out the distractions. I used the top part of trees to frame the bottom section of the image and then Ullswater sweepin in from the left to lead the eye up to that amazing view. The scene is very heavy on the left side which Place Fell dominating that side, so I tried to balace this with having more trees on the lower right handside of the image. The conditions also played to my advantage with a really interesting sky, which allowed me to elimate alot of clutter in the lower part of the image and have the sky play more of a starring role than I would usually do in my images. The conditions really can make or break an image, obvious but so true. We need to play to the strengths of the view and in my previous visits I didn't do this and was trying to shoe horn an image into the scene, instead of letting it do the talking. We can sometimes over complicate things and try and force the issue, when really don't need to. 

The view from Park Brow looking down to Ullswater and Glenridding is one of the finest in the area. 

Park Brow - Looking to UllswaterPark Brow - Looking to UllswaterThe path that leads from Park Brow to Glencoyne Head has one of the finest views of Ullswater in my opinion.

I hope you enjoyed my little run through of what I've been doing photographically over the last few months. I've really enjoyed my time out with the camera and I've managed to make some images I'm really pleased with. I also hope you enjoyed the little bits of insight I give about the the images and what I do to catch them and hopefully this helps. I will try and get a little more content in the sight over the next few months and I've already got some blogs in the pipeline and future ideas as well. Until next time, do look after yourselves and each other.

Keep smiling 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/9/making-hay-while-the-sunshines Wed, 16 Sep 2020 13:42:32 GMT
NEWS: Lake District Landscape 1-2-1 Workshops NOW TAKING BOOKINGS https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/7/news-lake-district-landscape-1-2-1-workshops-now-taking-bookings I'm pleased to announce that I'm now taking bookings for my Lake District Landscape photography 1-2-1 and 1-2-2 workshops once more. I will be running these on Fridays, Saturdays and Sundays. The price will be £75.00 for 1-2-1 and £65 per person for the 1-2-2 workshop for 4-5 hours tuition on location in the stunning Lake District. Due to Covid 19 we will meet onsite at an agreed location, social distancing will be observed where possible and if it can not then I will have my trusty mask with me and a bucket full of sanitizer. 

My workshops are fun, relaxed and crammed full of enthusiasm for both photography and the Lake District. I won't bog you down with technical jargon and belive in giving the information you need to take your photography to the next level. The tuition can be tailored to your exact requirements, whether you are wanting to improve in certain areas or have a general over view, we can incorporate this in your session. We can choose a location of your choice and use my knowledge of the area to help you get the images you want. I'm happy to incorporate a sunrise or sunset into the session. Start times will vary depending on the time of year. 

Please visit my Workshop page for further details. If you have any questions then please let me know and I will be more than happy to help. If you would like to book your session then please contact me on [email protected]. I will then contact you to make all the arrangements. I hope to see you soon. 

   Workshop pre orderWorkshop pre order

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Photography Workshop https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/7/news-lake-district-landscape-1-2-1-workshops-now-taking-bookings Wed, 29 Jul 2020 07:55:34 GMT
NEWS: 2021 Lake District Calendar now ready for Pre Order https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/7/news-2021-lake-district-calendar-now-ready-for-pre-order Im delighted to announce that my Lake District calendar LAKELAND - A Year in Focus, is now available to pre order. This is the third year I've released my calendar after the success after the previous two years. It was been a challenging year for photography with poor weather and pandemics, but I've managed to cobble together a calendar which really, I believe, represents the Lake District at this very best and through out the seasons. The Calendar is a A4 size which folds out to A3 size when hung. The calendar is £15 and includes free UK mainland shipping. International shipping can be arranged and I've sent my calendars all over the world, so please contact me for further details and to make the arrangements. Calendars will be ready to ship around September/October time. You can order your copy here. Its quick and easy and takes a few minutes.

UntitledUntitled  I have written a seperate blog on the making of the calendar and the reason I chose the final 12 images, you can read this here

As always thank you for supporting me and hopefully the calendar will be another success like in previous years. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) 2021 Calendar District Lake https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/7/news-2021-lake-district-calendar-now-ready-for-pre-order Fri, 17 Jul 2020 15:06:11 GMT
The Making of LAKELAND - A Year in Focus 2021 Calendar https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/7/the-making-of-lakeland---a-year-in-focus-2021-calendar While I've had a little time on my hands over the last few weeks, I've put together my Lake District Calendar for 2021. This will be the third year in which I've released my calendar which showcases the best of the Lake District. As per previous years, it contains some of my favourite images I've taken over the course of the year and throughout the seasons. I must admit that its been a little difficult to select the images this year, with a number of factors coming into play. The last few months of 2019 and first few months of 2020 where very challenging conditions indeed. The end of 2019 bought quite mild conditions and those gorgeous crisp winter days with beautiful frost were few and far between. We also had very little snow apart from a brief showing and by brief I mean half a day. The dissapointing Winter continued into January and February as the UK was battered by storm upon storm, bringing heavy rain and gale force winds and this isn't ideal conditions for Landscape Photography. Once the weather started to improve into March, we were then brought to a complete stand still due to the CoronaVirus pandemetic and lockdown. So from the end of March through to the end of May, I didn't pick up my camera. The combination of all these factors really gave me a headache, as I had a lot of gaps to fill, essentially I didn't really have much in the way of Winter through to Spring. I like my calendars to follow the seasons and the year, I don't want a calendar which has no flow and doesn't follow the natural progression of a year. I want to show the different colour palettes that the differing seasons have to offer, this is how nature works and changes and I want my calendar to mirror this. That is the ideal, but this year more than ever it was a major challenge. Having said all that, since lockdown has been eased I've had a productive time and been lucky that I've captured some images and bolster my portfolio, along with dipping in to the archives, I've managed to produce a calendar I'm really pleased with. I hope you like my choices this year. 

January: Borrowdale Valley - Winter Light

An image I actually took in mid March, however this is very much the type of image I would expect to see in Janauary, the colours, the crispness of the scene and a beautiful splash of snow on the fells. Its a superb view in to the Borrowdale Valley looking to the high fells and in particular the shapely summits of Great End (left) and Great Gable (right). I really like the splashes of light in this image and it offers fantastic light and shade to this gorgeous scence. The combination of all these elements made it perfect for my January image and to get the ball rolling.  

Borrowdale WinterBorrowdale WinterLooking in to Borrowdale from Kings How, with the morning light washing across the valley floor and high fells of Great End and Great Gable. February: Buttermere - Braving the Storm

The month of February can only be described as wet and windy this year. It was an absolutely abysmal month for weather and we had to endure storm after storm. The image I have selected perfectly visualises the month. I was in Buttermere and it was during storm Dennis, the winds where topping 60mph, the rain was torrential and this shot was taken in a hail storm. The beck was full to busting with water and it offered a dramatic forground as it raged down the fells side, we then had the rain and hail sweeping through the valley and the nose of Fleetwith Pike. Images really don't come more moody and dramatic as this and as result it had to February's choice.

Butt cal (1 of 1)Butt cal (1 of 1) March: Kelly Hall Tarn - Winter Sunrise

After the mood of February, I felt we needed to inject some gorgeous winter colour but still have that moody edge, which March still had. Sadly I didn't really have anything suitable from this year, however last March I had a fantastic trip to Kelly Hall Tarn where I witnessed a superb sunset with some awesome striking colours in the Sky. The image still have that winter feel to it with a dash of snow on Coniston Old Man but the addition of the vibrant sunset really contrasts beautifully with the rest of the scene and I love the sense of cold meets the warm, showing signs of the changing of the seasons. This was the perfect choice for March and a stunning cover shot for the calendar which really grabs the attention.   

Kel cal (1 of 1)Kel cal (1 of 1) April: Wasdale - Spring Views

Spring was always going to be tricky this year and I didn't really have an archive I wanted to use. So I borrowed the April image from May, but I don't think April will mind. This was from my first trip out after lockdown and to the stunning Wastwater. I wanted April to have that warm, clean feel to it, were the colours were still warm and vibrant, but the summer greens hadn't taken hold. I think this image is perfect for spring and really represents better times to come and that really struck a cord with me. Its also one of the most amazing views you could ever see and it just had to go in the calendar.

May: Ullswater - Pastel Dawn 

Once again I had to do a little bit of borrowing from June for this image, but again it was necessary. I really wanted to use an image which was peaceful and calming for May. We usually get good spells of settled weather in May and thought this image taken at Ullswater was perfect for the brief. I also wanted to throw in a reflection shot, as I don't tend to do as many these days, however I do like them and think they are lovely and calming to look at. I also like the pastel colours in this image, which offers a little variation to the images I've had so far.  

Norfolk Island PastelsNorfolk Island PastelsA beautiful calm pastel morning at Glencoyne Bay, Ullswater. The morning light illuminating Norfolk Island.

June: Hartsop - Clearing Mists

June really was a month for mist, fog and cloud inversions in the Lake District and we were really treated to some spectacular conditions. So it was a no brainer to select a misty image. As I've mentioned before, as well as showing some of the more classic and well known Lake District scenes, I also like to showcase some of the lesser know scenes. June's image is exactly that. It was taken at Brotherswater looking over to Harstop and the Eastern fells beyond. This tree has been described by a well renowned landscape photographer as one of the nicest trees in the Ullswater area. Well I have to agree and as a result it had to go in the Calendar. 

July: Holme Fell - 50 Shades of Green

I've spoken before about the 'deep greens' that summer offers and for me this image perfectly sums up the summer months. This was taken on Holme Fell, which is one of my favourite locations to visit with my camera. The view over Tilberthwaite towards the Langdale Pikes is gorgeous and I never tire of looking at it. As usually happens in June the weather starts to turn a little and we don't get the settle weather of previous months, so again this image, for me, is so representive of the month of July. It also overs yet another colour palette in the calendar and a reflection of the seasons.  

Holme cal -1Holme cal -1 August: Manesty - Misty Morning

A last minute change of image for August. I'd originally selected a woodland scene, however it was very green and I didn't really want another image which had similar colours two months in a row. I really like this image first and foremost. I also wanted to put in a sunrise image which had some lovely soft pastel colours to it. The addition of the mist really make this a favourite and certainly has the feel of August to me and the changing of the seasons. 

Manesty Cal-1Manesty Cal-1 September: River Brathay - Dreamy Dawn

This is a real favourite of mind and was taken last September on a beautiful morning on the River Brathay. When I think of September this is exactly the sort of image that comes into my head. Sadly this image didn't make the cut last year which I was really disappointed with as it still remains one of my favourite images I've taken. So I'm delighted it takes its rightful place as September in the calendar. 

October: Rydal Water - Autumn Gold

Autumn is a beautiful month with some of the most amazing colours you will see. For me, there was only one choice for my Autumn image and this was from a gorgeous morning on Whitemoss Common looking over Rydal Water in the central Lake District. The morning light really set off the beautiful golden orange, yellows, browns in the landscape as it rose of the fell to my right. It was an absolutely stunning morning and the colours were spectacular. This for me is Autumn. 

November: Blencathra - Winter Warming

After the golden tones of Autumn, I really wanted a scene which represented the transition into Winter. As I mentioned earlier, the cool crisp winter days were few and far between last year and I had to have a good look around to find the image I wanted. This image of Blencathra from Tewet Tarn really sums up the transition to winter and those gorgeous clean crisp sunny winter days. The contrast from the frosty grasses through to the morning sun warming the impressive lump of Blencathra really stuck out for me and really represents how I invisage the month of November. Tewet Tarn is also a favourite of mine and I like the cool and warm tones in the image and again it offers variety to the other months. 

Tewet cal  (1 of 1)Tewet cal (1 of 1) December: Loughrigg Fell - Winter Dawn

So my final month and it had to be from the only major snow fall we had in the Lake Distict and a fantastic morning on Loughrigg Fell. The image had to go in to the calendar as its what winter should be. It was one of the most challenging shoots from start to finish, with a hairy drive over, a difficult climb to my view point, snow showers and freezing temperatures but all worth it for that view and when the light broke. This is the perfect way to complete the transition through the season. The rightful finale. 

Lough Cal (1 of 1)Lough Cal (1 of 1)

I hope you enjoy my choices and my thought process and insight into putting the calendar together. I do enjoy the process of making the calendar and to think of it hanging on people's walls at home or work is very satisfying and makes all the hard work in getting the images through to making the calendar well worth it. You can pre order your calendar here. Thanks for all the support and by purchasing the calendar it really does help me to continue to do what I do. 

Keep smiling and stay safe.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) 2021 a Calendar District focus in Lake Lakeland Landscape photography year https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/7/the-making-of-lakeland---a-year-in-focus-2021-calendar Wed, 15 Jul 2020 10:23:46 GMT
Holme Fell - A return to one of my favourite locations https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/6/a-return-to-one-of-my-favourite-locations I always said the first place I would visit after lockdown was eased would be Holme Fell, without question. It has become a real favourite of mine and I've spent many happy hours exploring this wonderful place and had really missed been able to visit over the last few months. It has fast become a real go to place for me as it is only a 30 minute drive from home and as a photographic location it has so much to work with. Now as it happend, it wasn't the first place I ventured back to, as eventhough it is a small fell, I had made the decision to stay off the higher ground for a few weeks longer and until things had calmed down further. However my wait was finally over last week, as I headed out one evening and it was so good to be back and spend 2-3 hours wandering, exploring and taking in the wonderful views this magical place has to offer. Its hard not to take these types of places for granted when you have the ability to visit on a regular basis, but one thing the whole coronavirus pandemic and lockdown has taught me is you shouldn't take anything for granted and I certainly wont in the future. Something else I've learned is not worry about getting the 'big vista' or the 'wow' shot all the time and take pictures of scenes which interest me and have caught my eye. I think at times we can lose sight of this and its something I've certainly been guilty of, trying to please others and not myself. The trip to Holme Fell was a great exercise in photographing what I wanted to and as a result I had a wondeful late afternoon and evening of photography.......and thats what it should all be about. 

My first shot of the day and only a few moments from the car. The late afternoon sun lighting this collection of trees at the end of Yew Tree Tarn: 

Yew Blog-1Yew Blog-1

So I jumped in the car, filled with nervous excitement and made the 30 minute drive to Yew Tree Tarn, this is my favoured route up the fell. It's only a relatively short hike and should take you around half an hour to arrive at the gap between Holme Fell and the ridge which leads to Oxen fell. I tend to not go to the main summit of Holme Fell and favour heading across the ridge, as I believe this is the best area for photography. The flanks of the fell are covered in woodland, the top of the fell is blessed with lone silver birch trees and you have 360 degree views, to name just a few features the fell has to offer. My first shot of the day was taken just a short walk from the car, as I headed along Yew Tree Tarn to pick up the path through the woods and up to fell. The light was catching a collection of trees and they looked beautiful and really stood out against the dark back drop Usually i would have walked past but not today. A quick snap and then off again and it wasn't long until I was presented with another shot. As I entered the woods, I noticed that a single tree was perfectly spot lighted by the sun breaking through the thick blanket of trees, it was absolutely amazing as the wood was pretty dark but the light breaking through was warm and really gave superb vibrance to the tree and grass below. I quickly got my camera out and grabbed a hand held shot and I'm really pleased how this one turned out. Think this may be a very productive trip out. 

Nature's spot light - my second shot of the day, really lucky to catch this magic little scene, right place at the right time.  

Stand outStand out

I then made my way up the fell and was greeted with the glorious views over the quarries of Tilberthwaite surrounded by beautiful woodland and towards the Langdale Pikes, a fine reward for my efforts. I had a brief moment to soak up the views before I started to make my way up and along undulating ridge which leads off towards Oxen Fell. I was looking to capture some of the lovely lone silver birch trees, hopefully with a little light on them. After heading towards the further side of the fell, I started to look back from where I had come from and noticed a little birch tree which kept getting a little light on it and it stood out quite fell against the slightly darker fell behind it. In terms of a composition I wanted to get more of the fell in shot, as the ground below the tree wasn't as interesting and I was liking how the light was hitting Wetherlam (the fell behind the tree). I moved around a little to try and get a better angle and eventual decided on the one you see below. I used my longer lens to get as close to the tree as possible and get some nice compression between the tree and mountain behind. I also liked how the light in the image transitions from dark to light as you move through the scene. Blimey this was going too well, three shots before golden hour. The light now had started to get diffused as it tends to do in the summer as we get alot of haze and this effects the intensity of the light. So I moved on and took this opportunity to have a scout for some future locations when conditions would be better. 

Holme Fell is blessed with an abundance of lone silver birch trees which made great subjects to shoot: 


I'd forgotten that with the summer brings the midges, the bracken and ticks......oh the joys of summer. I was getting eaten alive by this stage, it didn't help that I had forgetten my insect repellent. It was also getting rather warm and I'd left my water bottle at home, so I was absolutely partched after all my exploring and getting tired. As we crept towards golden hour I decided to try and pick up a shot looking towards the Langdale Pikes and hopefully get a little light on the trees and also across the quarries. I set up my camera in portrait orientation and used my longer lens, which helps me to compress the perspective and catch the great layers starting with the trees, over the quarries, the fells and towards the Langdale Pikes behind. It was now golden hour and the light was warm and soft and starting to cut through the haze. It was just a matter of waiting for the light to break over the trees, which luckily it did and I got my shot, it wasn't really intense light but was enough to give a lovely golden glow. The light started to fade across the landscape and I decided to head back. On my way it looked like the sky might light up as there was a fair amount of higher cloud. I quickly nipped up to another view point which I thought would work as a sunset shot. I don't usually get too excited about sunset, as I prefer golden light, however I decided to hang around, brave the midges and get my final shot of the day. While I was waiting for the colour, I was sat watching a deer running up the fell side, it was an awesome sight. It clocked me and gave me the eyes before darting off. I then packed up and made my way home. 

Langdale layers - Looking across to the Langdale Pikes and he wonderful layers in the landscape: 

Holme Blog2-1Holme Blog2-1  

The sunsets over the Langdales - my final shot of a productive trip out.

Holme Blog3-1Holme Blog3-1

It was an absolutely wonderful evening and I really enjoyed myself, it was lovely and quiet with not a soul insight. There was also no evidence of the littering, camping and general abuse the region has been subjected to over the last few weeks, which was good to see and I do hope it stays this way. It was also creatively very enjoyable to just shoot whatever took my fancy and I came away with a nice collection of images, granted some turned out to be rubbish, but thats what you get. I always say take as many images as you want, experiment and don't be worried that some might not turn out as you wanted or necessarily work......this is a great way to learn and improve your photography. This is something I haven't done so much recently, but moving forward this will change. Shooting for me is the most important thing. I also can't stress enough how great it is again to be out and in one of my favourite places on the planet.....it certainly was good for the soul. It was great to be back.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Alert Covid-19 District Lake Landscape Lockdown Photography Stay https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/6/a-return-to-one-of-my-favourite-locations Mon, 29 Jun 2020 13:06:38 GMT
Elterwater loving....... https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/6/elterwater-loving It was another early morning shoot for me on Tuesday. I'm still staying off the high fells for the time being and this is giving me opportunity to visit some locations which I haven't photographed for some time. I decided to head to Elterwater, which is in the Southern Lake District and is situated at the head of the Langdale Valley. It's only around 35 minutes drive from home and I'm ashamed to say that its a location I've somewhat neglected over the years. It's not because I don't like the views, far from it, its a lovely little place, however, it will always play second fiddle to the River Brathay. The river feeds from Elterwater and I have to walk along the river to get to there. I simply can't resist the irresistible charms of the Brathay, I'm powerless against her beauty and as a result, Elterwater doesn't get a look in. I was looking through my images and it was glaringly obvious that I have very little in the way of images of this particular location opposed to the three million I have of the Brathay. Infact its proabably been a good two years since my last shoot and that was only my second time. So I decided on Tuesday to make amens and pay it a visit and resist the mistress that is the River Brathay and give Elterwater some much needed loving. 

After my mad dash, gorgeous light and reflections at Elterwater:

Elterwater blog1Elterwater blog1 The weather wasn't looking particularly amazing but it was forecast for a bit of sun amidts the cloud and general dull at around 5-6am. This was enough inspiratation for me to haul myself out of my pit at 3am in the morning. On leaving the house and pointing my head in an upward direction, I noticed that it wasn't wall to wall cloud and there was indeed some clear skies above, so that was positive for some light. On the drive over and rocking some serious early morning radio bangers, it was looking like there was a large bank of cloud on the horizon and that was probably going to obscure the really intense first light, but I may get some colour in the sky, not ideal but certainly not a disaster. I arrived at the Skelwith Bridge, whacked the wellies on and off I trotted. My resolve was serverly tested with a touch of delicate lingering mist around the Brathay, but I pressed on, sorry my love not today. I arrived at Elterwater and it was flat calm with not a breathe of wind, there was also a touch of mist, but I couldn't see this lasting long. The water levels are extremely low at the moment after all the amazing lockdown weather, so this opened up my options for a composition with plenty of shoreline rocks to use as foreground. So I played around with a few compositions and eventually decided on a wider shot with some rocks leading from the left all the way to the Langdale Pikes as my background. Now it was just a matter of waiting for the light or lack of.  

A slightly wider shot of Elterwater with a different composition using the rocks to lead the eye into the scene:

Elterwater 22Elterwater 22 Well I waited and waited and the colour never really came. I waited some more and the intense light never came either, infact it was getting flatter and duller by the minute. I kept going for a wander to check to see if there was light hitting any of the higher fells, but not a sausage. It really was looking like I would be heading home empty handed. While stood watching and getting a little chilly I saw someting swimming across from the farside of the water and thought it was a canadian goose come to ruin any reflections, they like to do this to photographers. The goose seemed to have dissapeared which was odd, then Suddenly a little furry face popped out of the water, it was an otter. I quickly reached for my telephoto lens and tried to swap from my wide angle in order to get a shot. The little fella was diving, splashing and lolloping around infront of me in the water but as soon as I put on the long lens, splash......gone......it was obviously just toying with me. With another shot opportunity missed and no sign of any light I decided to call it a day. I packed up all my gear and started to make the walk back to the car along the Brathay feeling a little deflated. 

My final shot of the day, some lovely light on the Langdale Pikes, with the cloud rolling in behind:

Elterwater blog2Elterwater blog2 While strolling back I noticed that there was a small slither of light developing on Wetherlam. I could not believe it 'your having a laugh'. The slither grew bigger and bigger and soon said slither was a splash and then a great big dollop of lovely light on the fells, Oh bugger!! The light was start to spread across the high fells and wouldn't be long before it hit the Pikes. So I had to make a dash for it back to Elterwater....in my wellies....which isn't particularly easy or comfortable. As I got closer to Elterwater the light was now hitting the Pikes, Lingmoor fell and the bank of trees across the water, it was looking gorgeous....come on little legs, don’t fail me now. I unpacked my gear in a wild sweaty panic, but the light went....NOOOOOOOOO!!!! I still set up and prayed that the light would come back again. Well I think Mother Nature took huge pity on this sorry excuse for a landscape photographer and the light came back.....thank the lord!! I grabbed a couple of images before the wind picked up and all reflections were gone. Wow how relieved was I?? It was a major lesson that if you turn your leave to early you can miss out as a scene and weather can change in an instant. I was lucky this time that I was in running distance of my location and still able grab a shot albeit a bit of a rush. Its always worth hanging around for that extra time, as you never know what you are going to be presented with. In Landscape photography patience definitely plays an important role and is a key asset you need.....one I was certainly lacking on this occassion. 



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Elterwater Lake Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/6/elterwater-loving Fri, 12 Jun 2020 07:45:24 GMT
News: Shortlisted image in Landscape Photographer of the Year https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/5/news-shortlisted-image-in-landscape-photographer-of-the-year Take A View Landscape Photographer of the Year 2020 Awards


I was delighted to recieve an email on Tuesday afternoon advising me I have an image shortlisted in the Take A View Landscape Photographer of the Year Awards 2020. If you are unaware of the competion, it was establised in 2006 by Landscape Photographer Charlie Waite. It is entered by professional and ametuer landscape photographers alike and is probably the biggest and most high profile competition in the UK of its kind. It has been rumoured that there was around 30,000 entries this year, so to get an image through to the next round is certainly an achievement in itself. The prize fund is around £20k and if you are lucky enough to have an image commended then you will be in the annual book, which will be on general sale and also be part of the exhibition which will be held in London. Will I go any further? Who knows and judging by the quality of the entrants who have also got images short listed, its going to be a tall order but its been fantastic to recieve this news and it really has given me a lift after the troubling times we have all been living with recently. I've put a link below for the website if you are interested at looking at what its all about. 



Lake District Hub - Top Lake District Instagram accounts to follow 

Further good news and a little more recognition. Lake District Hub, which is a website set up for all things Lake District, has recognised me as one of the top Lake District Instragram accounts to follow in there inspiration section. Again its so nice to get recognistion and that people enjoy what you do, it really does make all the hard work worth it. I've put the link below if you are interested in having a quick look. 




(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/5/news-shortlisted-image-in-landscape-photographer-of-the-year Fri, 29 May 2020 07:07:02 GMT
Learn: Shoot in RAW for better Images https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/5/learn-shoot-in-raw-for-better-images There is no doubting in my mind that if we want to improve our photography and move away from being a casual snapper, we need to stop letting our camera do all the work. I've spoken before about the importance of taking ultimate control over your camera and settings so we can produce the images we want, as your camera is an intelligent piece of gear but it can't second guess what you want to achieve. As well as taking over your camera settings, like moving from auto mode to manual mode or auto focus to manual focus, there is also another extremely powerful tool we can utilise for higher quality images and this is to shoot in RAW and take full creative control over the editing of your images. So in this blog I'm going to explain what RAW is, the benefits and how it really can improve the quality of your photos and why it has become so important to me and how it helps me create my images. 

What is RAW? 

A RAW file is a uncompressed and unprocessed image file which contains all the data which the camera sensor captures when the shutter is pressed, thats all it is. Now If we compare this to a a JPEG, this is an image file which has been processed and compressed into a smaller image file. Now you may not know this but when you take a picture on your camera or phone in JPEG, the device you have taken the picture on then processes all the RAW image data and edits the image for you. The device will add contrast, saturation, it will sharpen the image and make it more visually appealing to the viewer before all the information is compressed into a universally recognised format....the humble JPEG. With a RAW file, instead of the device taking charge of the editing, we have to do this ourselves in specific RAW editing software....the digital darkroom. RAW files aren't universally recognised and can't be used out of camera to share, so you will need specific software to utilise all this data. This powerful software allows us to have full control to process the images as we see fit, unlike the JPEG, where our destiny isn't in our own hands. 

RAW file straight out of camera. As you can see it's very flat looking and I also under exposed the image as I was in a rush to catch the colours: 


The Benefits: 

There are a great deal of benefits of shooting in RAW and I'm going to run through the most important ones. However I must stress that shooting in RAW isn't going to make you a better photographer and image editing shouldn't be used as a tool to make a substandard image something that it's not. We still need to get as much right in camera as possible, so we have a strong foundation to build upon and add the finer touches from there. I like to think of shooting in RAW as 'salt and pepper', we have all the ingredients and we have made our dish but we need to add our salt and pepper to bring out the flavours and finish off the dish. So lets dive into to it and take a look at the benefits. 

Image Quality:

The first benefit is Image quality. We all want to produce the highest quality images as we possible can, when we shoot in RAW we have all that image data that the sensor has recorded at our finger tips. All this information is unaltered or uncompressed, meaning we can extract the data and pull out all the detail and really fine tune our images to look as good as the eye saw it. We are unable to do this with a JPEG, as that part of the process has already been undertaken by the camera and all the data has been compressed and effectively it won't be there to work with and extract.    

Wider Dynamic Range: 

Another major benefit is the wider dynamic range you can get from the RAW files. No matter how good our camera's are they will often struggle to cope with situations where there is a wide dymanic range (the range of light intensities with in your scene from dark to light). We've all experienced this when shooting a vibrant sunset and you can't get the balance of the exposure correct, you will find that either the foreground will be too dark while the sky is exposed or the foreground is correctly exposed but the sky is lacking detail and the colour isn't as intense as you saw it. This isn't your fault as a photographer, just a fact that the camera sensor simply can't handle the wider variety of differing tones in the image. When we process the RAW data we have the ability to pull out the details in these areas to create a perfectly balanced image with detail from our shadows to our highlights.  

RAW file with exposure, shadows and highlights adjusted to give a better balanced image, more like it looked when on the shoot: 

RAW2RAW2 The ability to correct Exposure and white balance mistakes:

Another huge benefit of shooting in RAW is you are able to correct some of your minor mistakes. Lets face it we've all had one of those shoots where we haven't quite got things right or we've had to react to changing conditions quickly and we have not got the correct exposure or we have used the wrong white balance, so our images don't look like they should. Well fear not, RAW allows us to alter our exposure and change our white balance after we've taken the shot, so in effect right our mistakes. It's amazing how much we can recover from a RAW file, some images which we have badly under exposed can be rescued with the help of the advanced RAW editing software and the image data captured.

Greater Brightness and colour range: 

A RAW file holds a more extensive range of colours and levels of brighness than a JPEG. This means that we have better levels of colour reproduction and can create images with more colour depth than a JPEG.  RAW files also hold greater levels of brightness, this is important as it helps the tones in your images look smoother and natural. You also have thousands of more tones to play with when editing your image. This makes sure we are producing images with bags of colour natural tones and colour depth, again very much to as the eye saw it. 

The power of Editing Software and non destructive files: 

We are using powerful software which is specifically designed to edit RAW files and will help you get the most out of the files and the finished results can look stunning and very professional. Sharpening and noise reduction in editing software is far more advanced that the camera's in house editing and can really help to enhance the images. We are also able to use the software to correct lens distortions, for example when lines don't appear straight and have a curve to them, these can be easily corrected. There are all manner of great tools for getting the best of of your images, too many to mention but all really aid you in creating superb images. Programs like Adobe Lightroom are very user friendly and don't take a longtime to master. Another benefit is RAW files are non destructive, which means we can't overwrite them, so any editing changes we make aren't permanent. So you can go back and re edit your images time and time again and never lose the data.....unless you completely delete the file from your computer.  

Be Creative:

Of course there is a huge creative benefit of shooting in RAW. Editing images is definitely an extension of the creative process and we can really develop our own style and process the images how we want. I actually really enjoy the editing process and I can really bring my images to life and present them as I saw them and how I felt when I took the image. However we have to be careful when editing our images and I always like to constantly remind myself that less is definitely more and it's easy to push those sliders a little to far and risk your image looking unnatural. 

A rather over edited image, remember a less is definitely more. 

RAW 3RAW 3 The Downsides: 

Shooting in RAW does come with some downsides and it certainly requires a shift of mindset from shooting in JPEG. I would only really recommend shooting in RAW if you are seriously looking to take your photography to the next level, as there is definitely an increased level of commintment of time and resourses from shooting in RAW. The files we are working with are far larger than that of a JPEG, so you have to store these and they can clog up your computer memory pretty quickly. You may be require to up grade your computer with better specifications, more RAM, larger hard drives as processing of RAW files and storage definitely requires and utilies more of these resources. You need to buy the software to edit them, this obviously has cost implications. The files need processing and cannot be used straight out of the camera as the files are recognised, this is not ideal if you like to instantly share your images. Processing RAW files can become time consuming, especially if you are editing multiple images at once. There is also the tendancy to over edit images and compensate for a poorly taken shot. 

My final image which was processed using Adobe Lightroom.

Deep (1 of 1)Deep (1 of 1) Conclusion: 

For me shooting in RAW and editing your images is such crucial part of photography and I've been shooting this way for 5-6 years now and would never go back to shooting in JPEG. The main reason's why I shoot in RAW are pretty simple. The first reason is no matter how good your camera is it will never be able to replicate what you see with your eyes. Your eye is far more advanced and adept to coping with different dynamic ranges and tones within a given scene. I like to use editing to be able to replicate what I saw, for which the camera sensor could not. The second reason is my camera isn't a person and doesn't have any feelings and can't interperate what I'm feeling when I'm on location taking an image. So I use editing to help me convey to the viewer of the image what I was feeling, so they can connect with it. The third reason is as landscape photographer, I want to produce and present the highest quality images I possibly can and shooting in RAW certainly helps me to achieve this. I want every possible detail to be in my images, I don't want to loose any image data, which I would get with a compressed file. I understand that this way is not for everybody and can also seem pretty daunting, but like with anything, if you are willing to learn and put a little time and effort in, then it is another step in your development and one that will see you produce better quality images and how you want then to look and feel. There is no doubt there is more commitment needed from you, interms of time, resource and monetary from shooting in RAW but I personally believe that the benefits far out way the downsides. Ultimately the decision has to be yours and what is right for you as a photographer and your specific needs. For me and my photography, RAW is definitely the way forward. 



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Landscape Photography Shooting in RAW https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/5/learn-shoot-in-raw-for-better-images Mon, 18 May 2020 16:49:14 GMT
News: 25% Discount in the shop https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/5/news-25-discount-on-all-products Lake District Photography Prints - Shop is open for business and 25% discount on all products. 

I'm pleased to advise that my print partner is now fully operational and as a result orders can once again be fulfilled. So if you are looking for a bit of home decor to cheer up the same walls you've been staring at for 7 weeks or you are missing the Lake District then what better way than get your very own Lake District Photography Print to lovingly gaze at to keep your sprits up in these uncertain times. I'm offering a 25% discount on all products for the foresable future. Its quick and easy to order and you can visit my shop here. To recieve your discount simply add the discount code 'TWENTYFIVE' at the checkout stage of the order, it really couldn't be any simpler. 


Its quick and simple to order and you simply add the code TWENTYFIVE in the coupon box to apply your discount: 


I've recently had some test prints produced in the Fine Art Hahnemuhle Photographic Paper that I now offer in the shop, and I have to say they look absolutely awesome. Why choose a fine art paper? Fine art prints have long-lasting archival quality, meaning they are designed to last. The papers are textured and they have a painterly, watercolor feel to them. The paper offers a matt finish with deep blacks, bright whites and more bright pastel-like tones and natural feel. I've put a few images below, hopefully this will illustrate the depth, detail and quality the paper really delivers. If you are looking for a more cost effective option then my standard photographic prints still offer high quality but at a cheaper price. If you have any question please ask. 

Fine Art1 (1 of 1)Fine Art1 (1 of 1)

   Fine Art2 (1 of 1)Fine Art2 (1 of 1)

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Buy District Fine Art Photographic Prints for Lake Lake District Photography Prints Prints Sale today. https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/5/news-25-discount-on-all-products Sat, 09 May 2020 12:55:37 GMT
Discover: Beginners Lake District Photography Location Guide - River Brathay https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/4/beginners-lake-district-photography-location-guide---river-brathay Next on the list in my guide to Lake District photography locations is potentially one of the most beautiful Rivers within the Lake District National Park, the River Brathay. The River runs from Wrynose Pass, at the head of Little Langdale, all the way to Windermere. For me the stretch of river between Elterwater and Skelwith Bridge is the highlight and is a popular location amongst photographers. There is around a one mile stretch of river to explore, which winds its way through some absolutely gorgeous scenery and presents amble photographic opportunities for very little effort.  

One of the lovely groups of Trees which lines the river banks. Taken on a beautifully calm winters morning:

Brathay Winter reflectionsBrathay Winter reflections Elterwater and Skelwith Bridge are both set between Ambleside and Coniston Village on the A593 in the South of the National Park. There are a couple of different places to park, at the National Trust carpark at Elterwater (Grid ref: NY 327 047), Silverthwaite Car Park (NY 340 037) and with is inbetween Elterwater and Skelwith Bridge and it's only a short walk down to the river through the trees. I, however always park at Skelwith Bridge on the side of the road as if your heading towards Elterwater and just up from the Skelwith Bridge Hotel (NY 343 034). I then take the woodland path up past Skelwith Force and towards Elterwater. Its about an 15 - 20 minute walk to the best of the River. Once you are through the woods the area opens up and you will have the river on your left, you will see a group of trees in the distance and you also get your first sighter of the Langdale Pikes. 

The path which runs from Elterwater towards Skelwith Bridge can also provide photographic opportunities: 

Elterwater1 Blog (1 of 1)Elterwater1 Blog (1 of 1) There are a number of areas I like to shoot and your not short of photographic opportunities for such a small area. There are numerous groups of trees which line the banks of the river and you can also get lots of grasses and reeds to use as foreground in your shots. The river is perfect for getting those reflection shots on a calm day and as well as the trees you have the surrounding fells like Wetherlam and the Langdale Pikes. The area is also a hot bed for mist and you can get some stunning conditions on these types of mornings. Typically this is a sunrise location and it's superb on frosty winter mornings and in Autumn when the trees are full of those lovely golden tones.

Misty Morning on the River Brathay looking towards the Old Oak Tree: 

As well as the river an the abundance of trees, there is also a rather stunning view over Elterwater towards the Langdale Pikes where the river joins Elterwater, this is all within a 5 minute walk of the stretch of river. There is a little foreground interest in the shape of a collection of rocks, and there is also a bench which makes for a nice bit of interest in your shot. Towards the Skelwith Bridge end of the River you have yet more photographic opportunities, the pathway is a good lead in and can add interest to your shots and also Skelwith Force is also worth a visit, if you like your waterfalls. You can easily move between a few different locations as they are all condensed into a small area, which means you can come away with a number of nice shots if your lucky.   

The View over Elterwater looking towards the snow capped Langdale Pikes. 

Elterwater Blog (1 of 1)Elterwater Blog (1 of 1) Its certainly a location which I seem to gravitate towards time and time again and I always come away with a different image and I don't believe I've come away will a bad shot yet. It's probably the first place I will head to if I'm looking for a mist and also in the Autumn months when those colours are at there best. It is a popular spot so you probably won't be alone but this is because it is such a beautiful place to visit and is so photogenic. I would definitely recommend you visit this location with your camera, in my opinion it is one of the highlights of the southern Lake District.  

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Lake District Location Guide Lake District Photography River Brathay https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/4/beginners-lake-district-photography-location-guide---river-brathay Fri, 17 Apr 2020 17:21:19 GMT
Covid-19 Lockdown - How I've been keeping myself busy https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/4/covid-19-lockdown---how-ive-been-keeping-myself-busy I hope you are all well, safe and staying at home. So we are now into week three of lockdown and its certainly felt like a lot longer, but we have to keep ourselves busy in these times and I've certainly tried my best to do so. So whats been going on at Tim Dove Photography lockdown Towers?. Well from a general family perspective, as my Wife is still working from home and I'm not currently working, I've been Daddy day care, which I have to admit is a tough old gig and certainly dominates the vast majority of my time. It's not easy keeping these little folk entertained during lockdown but I've done my best keeping them busy with plenty of activities. More importantly I seem to be holding up pretty well to.....yes I'm a brave soul indeed. I think the kids are definitely enjoying having us around more and hopefully we are keeping them happy and safe through these difficult times. 

Grafting away at Tim Dove Photography lockdown Towers: 

Tim at Home  (1 of 1)Tim at Home (1 of 1)

In terms of photography, well I've seen this as a really good opportunity to give my website a much needed update and overhaul. It had been a couple of years since I really refreshed everything and I had kind of taken my foot off the pedal a little. I wasn't writing as much content as I should or updating the site with all my latest images and the shop section was none existant, these where all areas I had identified as needing to be sorted. First things first I had changed the look and feel of the website. It really was all a bit to dark and I wanted to make it brighter and fresher looking. So I used a new template which was really clean looking and simplistic, I want the images to do the talking. In terms of layout I still wanted to have my galleries but also I added a third gallery which was going to be my dedicated shop, I thought this would make it easier for the visitor. I changed up my blog to be a blog and news section, which would be a good way to keep everybody up to date on what I was up to. 

New fresh look to the old Website:


Once I'd changed the look of the site, I then started getting all my images in order and uploading all my recent work and getting rid of some images which I just had on the site as a bit of a filler to boost the numbers. I then looked to get the shop up and running again. I had kind of halted my shop, as I really wasn't sure on the direction I was heading and it had all be come a bit of a mess, I didn't want to sell all my images, as some I wouldn't have been comfortable hanging on my wall, let alone a paying customer. So I set up a shop gallery, where, moving forward I will only put my best work and ones I'm really happy to show off and promote. I had a good look through and made my decisions on which images would go in the shop, once I'd made my choices I then made sure all the files where print ready. Once this was done, I had to decide on what products I wanted to offer. So I now offer photographic prints in both standard and fine art papers in various sizes, framed prints, digital downloads and also a selection of canvases. The shop is really quick and easy to use and should make it a doddle for people to order. All products are produced by a leading print house and I'm quite excited to getting moving this when lockdown is over.

As well as the look of the website and the shop, I've also started to add a lot more content to the site. I always intended to write a lot of blogs and while I have written some, I never got around to writing as many as I intended too. I also wanted to have a variety of blogs on the website, so general adventures and trips out, more learning based blogs and also location guides. So thats what I've started to do. I have started a mini series of Beginners guide to Lake District Photography locations, I've also now have some 'Learn' blogs and also the general waffling blogs will continue as usual. I will also update all my latest news on the blog section. I felt this was another good way to add content and keep everybody up to date on the latest goings on with Tim Dove Photography. One of my pet hates with websites, is when they are not updated on a regular basis and I'm ashamed to say I had fallen into that trap, so I really had to sort it out. I also want to get myself up the Google rankings for my search terms, for example for 'Lake District Photography Prints' I'm well down the pecking order, so getting content on should really help this. 

So this has been what has been keeping me busy over the last few weeks and I will be continuing to add content and also keep you up to date on how I'm getting on. Oh and one more thing......I've been drinking a lot of tea as well.....in my favourite mug, the Old Man of Coniston, I have no idea why this was bought for me. Anyway I will leave you with a picture of me hard at work in my office (the dining room table) and my favourite mug (not my face). 

Stay safe and Keep smiling all.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Photography Prints Website https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/4/covid-19-lockdown---how-ive-been-keeping-myself-busy Fri, 10 Apr 2020 12:29:32 GMT
Learn: The Best camera settings for Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/4/the-best-camera-settings-for-landscape-photography It can all seem a little daunting when you are taking your first steps in to the world of landscape photography, but it really doesn't need to be. If you learn about the basic camera settings you need and some knowledge of exposure, then you have all you need to move forward with your photography. Obviously it is difficult to predict exactly what settings you will need as your circumstances will change all the time when out in the field, however, the settings I'm going to talk about should cover most bases and give you a strong foundation to build upon. So in this blog I'm going to talk about the best setttings to use for landscape photography and illustrate with a couple of images I've recently taken and the settings I used to capture them.  

unnamed (2)unnamed (2)

Landscape photography - The objective: 

So what is our objective when we go out with the camera? Our objective is to capture a correctly exposed image which is in sharp focus across the frame. So how do we achieve this? Well photography is all about light and how much light we allow to hit the sensor, we use three key elements to control how much light hits the sensor...our exposure. The elements combined are known as the 'exposure triangle'. This is a relationship between all the different elements in this triangle, each has a part to play, but in turn each will impact on the others. So we need to continually balance all these elements in order to create a correctly exposed image (not to light or dark). The three elements are Aperture, ISO and Shutterspeed.


The aperture is an opening within the lens, which controls the amount of light which hits the sensor. The wider the aperture the more light we let into the sensor and the smaller the aperture the less light we let into the sensor. Aperture also has another really important job as it controls the depth of field within our images. What is depth of field? Well depth of field is how much of the scene is in sharp focus. This is particularly important as landscape photographers want as much of the image in sharp focus as possible, from foreground to background. Smaller apertures like f8, f11 and f16 are ideal for landscapes and should cover you for most circumstances, which I will illustrate later in the blog. One thing to note is with the smaller the aperture we use, like f16 and above, we are likely to see a drop in sharpness due to something called diffraction, I won't go into too much detail but this is an optical effect which causes loss in resolution at narrow apertures. So this is why I wouldn't go higher than f/16. So a range of between f/8 to f/16 is a good compromise between depth of field and exceptible sharpness.  


Your ISO is the camera's sensitivity to light. In its uber basic terms, the ISO controls how bright or dark your image will be. If we increase the ISO we essentially brighten the photo, this allows us to shoot in darker scenes buy exposing the sensor to more light. Sounds perfect but there is something to bare in mind. As you increase the ISO the more you introduce noise into images. Whats noise? Well this is visible artifacts which make your images look grainy. Modern cameras are pretty good at controlling noise but a general rule of thumb is to keep your ISO as low as possible, I usually set it at base level which is ISO 100 on my camera, unless I'm shooting handheld, in windy conditions or using a telephoto lens and need to achieve a quicker shutter speed. 


Shutterspeed, simply put, is the length of time that the sensor is exposed to the light. A quicker shutter speed allows you to freeze the action and elimate any movement in your image. A slower shutter speed will record all the movement in the scene for the amount of time it is open, generally speaking we want our images to be sharp and free of moment......unless we are trying to do creative effects like long exposures or trying to introduce cloud or water movement. Usually I shoot using a tripod to keep the camera steady, as I often shoot when there is less light to play with. If you are hand holding then ideally you would need a shutter speed of around 1/100 sec and above so we can handhold without getting any movement in the image. 

Camera Mode: 

There are lots of different modes on your camera from Auto (where the camera takes contol) to fully manual (you take contol). I shoot on Manual mode, as this allows me to take full control of my camera. However if you are a beginner I would start off on Aperture priority mode. This allows you to have control and select your aperture, ISO and white balance, while the camera will set the shutterspeed for you. This is a great mode to start to move you off Auto as I believe apeture is easier to understand than shutterspeed initially and it really gets you to start taking the majority of control over the camera. This also afords you a little more time when setting up with one less thing to worry about.

White Balance: 

White balance is used to adjust colours to match the colour of the light source so that white objects appear white. Basically we set the whie balance to get an accurate representation of the colour in the scene. Auto white balance, in most circumstances, would do an adequate job. However if shooting sunrise or sunsets I would set my while balance to something a little warmer, in order to really pick up those lovely colours. I tend to have my camera set to 'shade' as this does offer an overall warmer feel, which I like. If you shoot in RAW, then this isn't so much an issue, as you can set your white balance during post processing. 


Focusing could be a whole article in its self and we can get pretty complex if we want. However for the purpose of this I'm gonna give you the basics. I use a single focus point. I go between manual focus and auto focus, both are fine and do the job. If I was a beginner I would definiely start off on auto focus, using a single focus point. So where do I focus, in basic terms;

1. If you have a main subject in your image then focus on that, eg a tree.

2. If you have an image with prominant foreground then focus on the foreground or roughly a third of the way into the image. This combined with the correct aperture should give you enough sharpness throughout the frame.

3. If you don't have any foreground or a single point of interest then focus to infinity.....this means you focus on the furthest point in your image, as there is no major depth to your images this should be good enough to render the scene in focus.


I always refer to the Histogram and it is a really good tool to get into the habbit of using. The Histogram is a digital representation of the tones within your images and helps you to establish if you have the correct exposure. Looking at the histogram we have shadows to the left, mid tones in the middle and highlights to the right. Basically we want the graph to roughly sit in the middle and not be too far to either the left or right, this would mean we have either have an under exposed or over exposed image and the extemity of either means a loss of detail in these areas, which we don't want.


I would highly recommend shooting in RAW. A RAW file is an unprocessed file which holds all the image data that the sensor captures. Unlike a JPEG, the file is unaltered and uncompressed, so we are able to pull out bags of detail in the shadows, mid tones and highlights and produce very high quality images. We also have the ability to rescue files which we have under or over exposed or set the incorrect white balance, which you would be unable to do with a JPEG. RAW files are easy to process these days with software like Adobe Lightroom, which is very user friendly and shouldn't take to long master. If you are wanting to take the best quality images then RAW is definitely the way forward. 

In the field: 

Below are a series of images I've recently taken and the settings I've used and my thought process behind the images. I've tried to pick a shot for the following scenario's; 1. A shot with a prominent foreground, 2. One with a particuar subject and 3. One which features no foreground. I believe this will cover the majority of landscape photography scenarios. All images where shot in manual mode, in RAW and edited in Adobe Lightroom. 

Gowbarrow Fell - taking the shot: 

I really liked the foreground and think it worked really well and balanced the image with Ullswater leading in from the left. I composed the shot into thirds, so the foreground on the bottom third and the mountains and sky on the upper third, this helps to move you through the image. I used an aperture of f/13 as the rocks were a couple of feet away from me and I wanted to get these in sharp focus along with the background. This was the perfect balance between depth of field and over all sharpness from front to back. I tried f/11 but the mountains were a little more soft so I increased to f/13. I focused on the top of the rocks using a single focus point and auto focus, this enabled me to get my foreground and mid ground really sharp, with my background acceptibly sharp. At first I focused on the middle of the rock, however this again left the background a little soft. I set my ISO to 100, as I was shooting on a tripod and it wasn't too windy, so I wasn't getting any movement in the scene. My shutterspeed was at 1/8 sec, this was on the slower side, but this in part was due to me having my polarising and a graduated neutral density filters on, I used the polariser to take the glare off the water and the ND filter to pull back the exposure of sky, as it was on the brighter side. Using these two filters will decrease the amount of light hitting the sensor and why the shutter speed is slower, however as I was shooting on a tripod this wasn't an issue. My white balance was set to shade, which helped pick up the warm tones in the golden light. The historam was nicely exposed and leaning to the left, which is my personal preference, as I like my images to be on the darker side as it helps add texture and contrast.  

Gowbarrow focusGowbarrow focus

Eskdale Needle - taking the shot: 

My main subject in this shot was the Eskdale Needle, which was placed to the right of the frame, I also wanted to capture the light hitting the Scafell mountain range beyond, so I put the Needle on the right third of the frame and the moutains to fill the other 2/3rds. I included a little of the hillside below the needle as the light was catching it quite nicely and I liked how it sloped down out of frame and helped to add a little more depth. My ISO was at 100, again I was shooting on a tripod and the wind had dropped. Shutterspeed at 1/15 second as I had the filters on, but again as shooting with the tripod it wasn't an issue. I focused on the top of the Needle, as it was the main subject and wanted this critically sharp. I used an aperture of f/11, as there was no major foreground and depth in the image and most of the interest in the scene was in the mid ground. This aperture allowed sharpness in the Needle, mountains and foreground to be sharp. White balance was set to 'shade' to enhance the warm tones and then exposed slightly to the left again, to help with the mood of the scene. 

Blog Hard KnottBlog Hard Knott

Borrowdale Valley - taking the shot: 

This shot was taken looking into the Borrowdale Valley from Kings How. In terms of the composition, the main aim was to catch the light across the snow capped fells and the light in the valley, no foreground was needed as I believe the textures in the landscape and the play off between the light shade worked a treat. I used a longer focal length to help get closer to the area of interest. As there was no foreground or no single point of interest apart from the scene itself, I didn't need to use a large aperture, so I opted for f/8, which is the 'sweet' spot on the lens, so I would get great overall sharpness throughout the image. I focused to infinity and on Great Gable which was the furthest point in my image, again as no foreground or obvious points of interest. The ISO was set at 100 as this was taken about an hour and a half after sunrise and it was a sunny day, so plenty of light hitting the sensor, this also shows in my shutterspeed which was 1/500 sec, no filters used and shot on a tripod, however I could have easily shot handheld, with a shutterspeed this fast. White balance was set to 'shade' and exposed to the left to add to the contrast of the scene. 

Blog BorrowdaleBlog Borrowdale I hope this information helps and gives you a little more understanding behind some of the settings we use as landscape photographers and also see them put into application. Of course this is just a guide and won't be applicable to all circumstances you will come across, but as I've mentioned already, this should cover a lot of the types of photography scenarios we find ourselves in as landscape photographers. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Best camera setting for Landscape photography Lake District Photography Learn Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/4/the-best-camera-settings-for-landscape-photography Sun, 05 Apr 2020 20:48:21 GMT
Discover: Beginners Lake District Photography Location Guide - Kelly Hall Tarn https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/beginners-lake-district-photography-location-guide---kelly-hall-tarn This is my second installment of my Beginners Lake District Photography Location Guide and this location is certainly one that is particularly dear to my heart, it is the tiny but gorgeous Kelly Hall Tarn. The first place I ever visited for sunrise and a place I've frequented on many occassions over the years with it being a 25 minute drive from my home. Kelly Hall is fantastic as a sunset location and is best at golden hour when the warm evening sun lights the foreground. Sunrise can also good as the rising sun will catch the Coniston Fells and it is also excellent on a misty morning as well. This little tarn really is, for me and many other photographers, a highlight of the South Lakes and is a popular spot, but that shouldn't put you off as is a great place to meet like minded photographers and have a good natter while grabbing a killer image.

Kelly Hall Tarn catching the late afternoon sun: 

Kelly Above  (1 of 1)Kelly Above (1 of 1)

The tarn is situated on the side of Torver Common in the Southern Lake District. It is near the small hamlet of Torver, which boasts little more than some houses, two pubs and a Church and it is 3 miles south of Coniston Village. The tarn is very accessible and can be found across the road from Lakeland Land Rover garage (Grid reference:SD 288 932) on the A5084. There is a large parking area, which the garage uses to park some of the vehicles, but usually at the time of day us photographers will be turning up there is no problem with parking. To get to the tarn you will see a path off the carpark and a sign which says Torver Common and path with leads off towards the common. Follow the path, head through the gate and hop over the stream, then head up the hill, within a minute you will be at the tarn.......it really is that simple. 

Stormy Sunset over the Tarn:

Kelly Hall Tarn - Stormy sunsetKelly Hall Tarn - Stormy sunsetCrazy sunset skies of Kelly Hall Tarn, Torver. One of the most bizarre sunsets I've seen in a while, shortly after this the rain piled in for the evening.

There is no doubting the best view is looking out over the tarn towards Coniston Old Man and the Coniston Fells. For the size of the tarn there is plenty to go at from a photographic point of view. Due to the location and size of the tarn you usually are blessed with reflections, which works really well with the mountains and the collection of lone trees which line the far side of the tarn, giving plenty of interest to your shots. There is a little bit of foreground and in particular a big rock which juts out into the water, there is also plenty of rushes and you get lilly pads in the summer, to add further depth to your snaps. You can also get above the Tarn for a slightly different view point as there is a small hill behind and gives a great view of the old man. The common itself is also worth a bit of an explore and for a short walk you get great views over Coniston Water and the Coniston and Kentmere Fells. The far side of the tarn is also worth an explore, there isn't a path, but its only a minutes walk. There is a lovely set of three trees which makes for a nice little scene, like my image below. The tarn does get very boggy so wellies are an essential piece of kit to take with you. 

Three Trees - A lovely collection of contrasting trees at Kelly Hall Tarn: 

Kelly Three Trees (1 of 1)Kelly Three Trees (1 of 1)

This really is a little gem of a location and really is a great place to start honing your photography skills. Locations probably don't come more accessible than this one and afford so much parking, which is indeed at a premium in the Lake District. In my opinion this location is a must. Stay tuned for my next installment where I take you to one of the most picturesque Rivers in the National Park. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Hall Kelly Lake Locations Photography Tarn https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/beginners-lake-district-photography-location-guide---kelly-hall-tarn Sun, 29 Mar 2020 10:18:06 GMT
News: The shop is now open......... https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/the-shop-is-now-open While I have had a little more time on my hands as well as refreshing my website I've also got my online shop back up and running. So if you are looking for the perfect Lake District print of your own, then look know further than my online shop. I offer Lake District prints for sale on standard and fine art papers and in a number of sizes. As well as prints I also offer a selection of framed prints, canvas wraps and also digital downloads for both commercial and personal use. I've created a dedicated gallery with some of my Lake District images I've taken over the last few years and can be found here. If you can't see what you want or have any specific requests then please get in touch at [email protected]. It's never been easier to order and you can even crop the images to how you want them. All produced by a professional print house and delivered to your door. Happy shopping. 

A selection of Lake District Prints: 

PRINTS (1 of 1)PRINTS (1 of 1)

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Digital District Downloads Framed Lake Prints Shop https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/the-shop-is-now-open Wed, 25 Mar 2020 16:23:29 GMT
The 'Last Dance' - for the time being https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/the-last-dance There is no doubt that we are facing extremely challenging and uncertain times. In my life I've never experienced anything like this, everything we know has well and truly been turned upside down. However all these measures need to be strictly adhered to in order to beat this deadly virus. Before Boris enforced the 'lock down' of the UK on Monday evening, I faced a decision which I had weighed on my mind heavily for that last week....was it responsible to continue with Photography amid the CoronaVirus pandemic? As you all know well I absolutely adore my photography and being out in the Lake District National Park, but as much as I love both of these dearly, there are somethings which are far more precious to me......the health of my family, friends and the community I live within. In the end it was actually an easy decision to make and I'd already made up my mind well before my trip out on Sunday morning to Ullwater, this very much acted as confirmation that it was indeed the correct decison to put photography on the back burner for the being in these most challenging of times.

Sunrise over Ullswater from Yew Crag, Gowbarrow Fell: 

Ullswater SunriseUllswater SunriseGorgeous sunrise taken from Yew Crag on Gowbarrow Fell looking out over Ullswater and to Glenridding. One of my favourite views in the Lakes.

Even though I'm only venturing out at the time of day when I have very little contact with people, there are also other factors I had to take into careful consideration. Now I could have used the old 'social distancing' or 'exercise' card but 2-3 hours out with my camera, where I've had to travel too really didn't seem to fall under the Governments advice. The other problem as I saw it was if I were to get into any sort of trouble and the Emergency Services had to be called this would put further unnecessary pressure onto an already stretched service and that really didn't sit well with me. I couldnt really justify that me heading out with my camera was 'essential travel' because it certainly wasn't, as much as I love doing it and it's my release from everyday stresses, photography isn't my main source of income and as a result It isn't deemed essential. We really have to minimise the risks and climbling up hills in the dark isn't eliminating risk. Yes I'm sensible and take every precaution to minimise the risk factor but accidents do happen and that was always in the back of my mind. These were my main reasons, however what actually happened on the shoot really did take me a little by surprise and as a result, confirmed to me in no uncertain terms that I shouldn't be out. 

The light finally arrived and washed the landscape with lovely warm golden light: 
Gowbarrow Fell Golden Hour.Gowbarrow Fell Golden Hour.The golden morning light washes across Aira Point and Park Brow Ullswater. This shot was taken from Yew Crag on Gowbarrow Fell. I'd planned to head over to Ullswater and take a hike up to Gowbarrow Fell, my intention was to spend as little time as possible out, to minimise potentially meeting other folk. I'd set my alarm for 3.50am. After a nights sleep which I can only describe as restless, the alarm sounded and I got set and off I went. I parked at Park Brow car park and made the short walk through Aira Force and up on to the lower slopes of Gowbarrow Fell, it's a short 20 minute hike but it really gets the lungs going as it is relatively steep. I then veered off the main path and headed across to Yew Crag with only myself and the herdies for company. I had a little explore and found a nice set of rocks which I would use as my foreground interest. I followed my usual process of setting up and making sure all my settings were correct and took a couple of tester shots to make sure the image was in focus and sharp across the frame. Usually once thats done I have my brew and wait for the light, take in a deep breath and enjoy that view. Well I had my brew and looked out over Ullswater and it just didn't feel right, I was anxious, a little nervous and it felt strained, in truth it just felt wrong. The sunrise was absolutely stunning and usually I would be a kiddy kipper, but instead I wasn't really engaging with what was happening, my heart wasn't in it. The whole time I was clock watching and waiting for golden hour to end so I could go. As soon as the light hit and golden hour was ending, I packed my stuff up and exited the fell as quickly as I could, trying to avoid people and touching any gates or other surfaces on my way back to the car. Once in the car I cleaned my hands and felt a little more at ease. It was at this point when the enjoyment had gone, I knew what had to be done. 

The old Shepherd's hut on the bottom of Kirkstone Pass looking towards the head of Troutbeck and the Kentmere Fells:
The old Shepherds Hut - Kirkstone PassThe old Shepherds Hut - Kirkstone PassAn old derelict shepherds hut looking out over Troutbeck and the Kentmere Fells. I made one more stop on the way home to the old Sherherd's hut at the bottom of Kirkstone as the light was looking quite nice, it was still relitively quiet and I was only there for around 10 minutes, but this was more a 'well if this is the last time, I might as well have another 10 minutes' than anything else. So I took a few images and then had one final glance around and jumped in the car and made the journey home. The drive home was extremely reflective and as much as photography has become a huge part of my life, it's not as important as other things. I had to feel like I was doing my bit, as many people will be making huge sacrifices due to this disease and I felt like me going out with the camera and passing it off as exercise or socially distancing just wasn't right, it felt like I would have been bending the Governments rules. I didn't want to do this and so photography trips had to take a back step, I had to lead by example. In all honesty I have been taking the advice of the Government very seriously and we have only been leaving the house for work and shopping...apart from my trip out on Sunday morning. I'm 42 and in good health, however I do have Asthma and as a result I have always been cautious since the virus has hit the UK. The way I see it, the Fells aren't going anywhere, they will be waiting for me when I'm able to return under better terms, I have that as motivation and to stay safe and take note of the Governments highly important advice. The sooner we all do this, the quicker we can sort out this horrendous mess. Obviously as Monday transpired more drastic measures were put in place, which I applaud, as some people simply were unable to follow the rules. Stay safe folks and please stay at home. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Corona Home. Landscape Photography Safe Stay Ullswater Virus https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/the-last-dance Wed, 25 Mar 2020 11:56:07 GMT
Discover: Beginners Lake District Photography Location Guide - Blea Tarn https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/beginners-lake-district-photography-location-guide If you are visiting the Lake District for the first time it can be quite overwhelming to work out where to go as there is an abundance of varied and stunning locations through out the park. As a beginner it can be pretty confusing to know where to go, especially if you are visiting and have very little time to play with, you need to maximise the time you have, especially if you have the family in tow. So thats were I can help out. I've been spending the last 4-5 years exploring the area and over that time I've developed a great understanding of the Lake District. So I've decided to put together a little beginners guide to some of the best Lake District photography locations to get your teeth into. Once you've visited these locations, it can give you a great base to work from and slowly you will start to build up a greater knowledge of the surrounding areas and can extend your exploration further. The locations I have chosen are very accessible but have a lot to work with in a relatively small area and of course they are absolutely stunning.

Blea Tarn - the Jewel in the eye of the Lake District: Grid Reference NY 2930 0442 (National Trust Car Park)

Blea Tarn  (1 of 1)Blea Tarn (1 of 1)

No trip to the Lake District is complete without a visit to the utterly stunning Blea Tarn. Nestled in between the beautiful Little and Great Langdale Valleys, Blea Tarn remains one of the most popular locations for both photographers and lovers of the outdoors. It probably boasts one of the most recognisable views in the Lake District -  looking over the tarn towards the Langdale Pikes. Langdale means 'Long Valley' in Old Norse and it certainly lives up to its name with Great Langdale stretching around 6 miles from Skelwith Bridge all the way up Dungeon Ghyll and Mickleden Valley. Blea Tarn sits in an elevated position between the head of both valleys and as a result makes it a superb view point for the impressive Langdale Pikes and surrounding fells. If you have ever looked at pictures you would be forgiven in thinking that it was quite difficult to access, but it is In fact a doddle with a National Trust Carpark conveniently situated across the road and is only a short 5 minute walk from the carpark down to the tarn itself. Blea Tarn is around 7 miles from the town of Ambleside and the Village of Coniston. You can get to the tarn via Great Langdale or Little Langdale. Personally I prefer the route through Little Langdale as if you are heading towards Wrynose Pass, as the road up to the tarn from Great Langdale, while short, is extremely narrow, steep and windy.

Once you have safely made your way to the Carpark, you are then in an absolute Photography paradise. The obvious choice is head down to the tarn shoreline, here you can get the classic view of the Langdale Pikes (Pike O'Stickle, Harrison Stickle and Pavey Ark) reflected in the tarn. There are plenty of rocks in the water for foreground interest, as well as a nice sloping fence. There is a bank of trees to the left and they also make for good interest in your image, especially in Autumn with the fantastic colours. Its not always flat calm, so make sure to pack your filters and practise some long exposures. Once you have explored the shoreline, you then have the luxury of either heading a little further around the tarn or heading up to some of the fells. My personal favourite is Birk Knott, a small hill on the back end of Lingmoor Fell (which is the large fell on your right as we look toward the Pikes). When coming out of the carpark turn left and head over the cattle grid, you will see a path on your left, start heading up the path and after about 10-15 minutes you gain enough height to get a superb view over the tarn towards the head of Great Langdale, with stunning views of Crinkle Crags, Bow Fell and of course the Langdale Pikes. 

The view from Birk Knott looking over Blea Tarn towards Great Langdale is one of my favorite in the Lake District: 

Langdale LightLangdale LightA trip up to one of my favourite Lake District photography locations........Birk Knott. Birk Knott is a small hill which is situated on the back end of Lingmoor Fell, Great Langdale. It has the most amazing view over Blea Tarn and towards the awesome Langdale Pikes. I was stood in gale force winds for well over an hour waiting for the light to come. Luckily after about and hour and a half the light broke the cloud and washed through the valley, 30 seconds later it was gone.

If you fancy stretching the legs a little more then you can take a hike up either Lingmoor Fell or Side Pike. Personally I would recommend Side Pike as for a short 10-15 minute steep walk you get the most stunning views of the head of Great Langdale and into the Mickleden Valley. Side Pike is the little 'nose' shaped fell at the end of the tarn and can be accessed at the cattle grid at the top of the road which leads town to Great Langdale, you will see a sign post for the fell. There is the odd small layby to park, other wise you can park at National Trust car park and make the 15 minute walk around the tarn to the foot of the Fell. The views are tremendous and for a small fell it has so much going on with bags of foreground interest, with old stone walls, fences, trees and it's also a hot bed for heather as well. Lingmoor is another great fell to climb, but requires a little more leg work if you want to get to the summit. Having said that some of the better views are pretty accessible on the lower flanks of the fell. One of my favourite shots is using the old stone wall which runs down the fellside all the way to Side Pike and leads you in to that sumptuous view. There are many was to access Lingmoor but for a quick short ascent to get to the wall (Like in my image below) you take the path from below Side Pike and climb up inbetween Lingmoor and Side Pike. Its around a 20 minute walk up to the wall, then just follow it along until you get a view you like. 

The View over Great Langdale from Side Pike: 

First Light on the Langdale PikesFirst Light on the Langdale PikesAnother location I really enjoy visiting is Side Pike. For very little effort you can get to a truly stunning vantage point, one way you have the Langdale Pikes and head of Great Langdale and the other you have the view over Blea Tarn towards Wetherlam and the Coniston Fells. Side Pike not only offers splendid views but plenty of foreground interest to keep any tog happy, from dry stone walls, rocks, old fences to lone trees. I don't know of many places that you can get all this from a short walk. This short taken as the sunrise, with the morning sun warming the Langdale Pikes.

The view from the lower flanks of Lingoor Fell looking towards Side Pike and the Langdale Pikes beyond.

Langdale Pikes from Lingmoor FellLangdale Pikes from Lingmoor FellMorning light over the Langdale Pikes, Side Pike and the head of Great Langdale from the flanks of Lingmoor Fell. Not many finer views in the Lake District in my opinion.

You could easily spend a couple of days exploring this area and never get bored. It has so much to offer both around the tarn and surrounding fells, I could have added more places, but I think this is an excellent starting point and should keep you occupied when you next get chance to visit. I will start doing as many of these little Lake District Photography guides as I can and hopefully it will help you when you are heading out with your camera. 


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) guide Lake District Location Locations Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/beginners-lake-district-photography-location-guide Fri, 20 Mar 2020 19:10:32 GMT
Fair weather photography....who needs it!!! https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/fair-weather-photography So January and February have come and gone and for the most part the weather has been pretty awful....well no pretty about it. Instead of lovely crisp winter days we have been subjected to torrential rain and gale force winds as the UK is battered by storm after storm. Over the past two months I've headed out in some abysmal conditions all in the good name of photography. Now I've never considered myself a fair weather photographer and as much as I love a bit of 'mood' in my images, even I have been yearning for some calmer settled weather after being well and truly roughed up by Mother Nature of late. In these circumstances I can appreciate it can be difficult to roll with the punches and keep your motivation intact. I can't tell you how many times I've sat in the car or sheltered under rocks or behind walls questioning why I do this and is all the effort worth it? Well in my opinion it is definitely worth it, so before you decided to hang up the camera until calmer times, just think again and let me explain and illustrate, with a few images I've been lucky enough to capture in challenging weather, why I keep heading out in these conditions time and time again.

Low Fell Golden Hour - 60-70mph winds made this a very difficult shoot. It was hard to even stand at times.

Low Fell - Good as GoldLow Fell - Good as GoldThe sunshine after the storm. Beautiful golden light washes over Lorton Vale and towards Crummock Water and Buttermere.

So this ultimately begs the question..........why on gods earth do I put myself through it? Well it really is pretty simple. Apart from being a little insane.....the main reason why I put myself through it is for that one tiny glimmer of hope that something amazing might just happen. It's what we photographers thrive upon, trying to find that magic moment when there seems like there is no hope at all. When nature flashes a brief smile at you and then in an instant its gone as quickly as it came. Being witness to these unique, fleeting moments in time and being able to immortalise them for all to see is hugely satisfying and so very rewarding. The buzz of catching that one tiny moment of beauty amongst utter atrocity is thrilling, exciting and can bring superb highs. It's these types of highs which keeps me coming back for more time and time again. When it all falls into place, well there is not better feeling. I think naturally as people we live for these type of releases and highs and, for me, photography does this and even more so in the face of adversity. I love that feeling that I've had to really work for an image. I've conquered all that has been thrown at me and I've come away with an image and a huge sense of achievement. The age old saying really does apply......you have got to be in it to win it and that is so very very true. 

Comb Beck Buttermere - This shot was taken in a rain and hail storm, it was a nightmare keeping rain off my lens and filters 

Comb Beck - ButtermereComb Beck - ButtermereA wild and windy day at Combe Beck Buttermere. It was the tail end of one of the storms and the winds where hitting 60mph and this shot was taken just after a hailstorm, you can just make out the passing hailstorm over Fleetwith Pike. Not the easiest conditions to shoot in but worth it for the dramatic scene.

I've always been of the opinion that in the most 'adverse weather' you can truly create some wonderfully powerful images with a real 'Wow' factor. This is another reason that spurs me on when others may turn back. As with light, weather is a key element in adding depth and interest to your landscape images, it's what we photographers look for in order to create scenes which are atmospheric, dramatic and crammed with interest. You maybe at the most stunning location ever, but if it is devoid of light and atmosphere you are likely just to be photographing a pretty place and not creating a image with real impact which encapsulates the viewer and stirs their emotions. There is no greater compliment as a photographer when somebody connects with your image, they understand it and they feel what you felt. As pictures are 2D we really need to use every trick in the book to add depth and interest so they spring off the page and get people's attention. Weather is up there with the most important elements we use to create these type of images. My favourite type of weather to shoot in is sunshine after the rain when there are stormy clouds and golden light, the combination of these conditions really can give superb contrast and add real pop to your images as the warm intense light plays off against the moodier darker skies. I would much prefer shooting in conditions like this over clear blue skies, when the light can be too harsh and there is little interest. 

Spot light on Torver Common - taken from Beacon Fell, the light breaking through the storm clouds. Taken in wet and windy conditions

Torver Common - Spot lightTorver Common - Spot lightLooking across to Torver Common from Beacon Fell, beautifully highlighted by the late afternoon sun with the moody snow capped Fairfield Fells beyond.

I also enjoy the challenge of shooting in tough conditions as, I believe, it really helps to improve your photography skills. Its all well and good being in these positions, but if we are unable to get the shot then all the effort is for nothing. Wind, rain and snow all offer significant challenges when out on shoot and we have work with these elements in order to get the best image we can. For me, wind and rain pose the biggest challenge. Strong winds can make it difficult to keep your camera still and this could introduce camera shake, which will leave you with blurred or soft images, which is an absolute killer. In order to counter act this I would minimise the use of filters and anything which reduces your shutter speed, don't be afraid to bump up your ISO to achieve quicker shutter speeds if necessary, modern cameras can handle increased ISO well and you shouldn't introduce too much noise. Anchor your tripod well and keep it as low as possible and if that doesn't work, then ditch the tripod all together and go handheld if possible. The biggest issue with rain is keeping your lens or filters dry and free of rain spots. If possible keep your camera covered when it is not in use, a good old polly bag does the job in these circumstances. If you have a lens hood then I would recommend using it, this screws on to the end of the lens and shields the front element and can help to minimise rain on the glass. Modern camera's have a degree of weather sealing but I'd always air on the side of caution especially in heavy rain.  Always have plenty of cloths and even a small towel will help and before you press the shutter, always have a wipe.

Deepdale Beck - Taken in wind and driving rain, also dropped my phone and filter in the beck.

Deepdale BeckDeepdale BeckI took a trip up to Deepdale Beck a few weeks ago, it was a miserable wet and windy day, luckily I got a little break from the rain and some really nice drama in the sky, which made all the hard work worth it.

Ok so I've spoken about the positives but inevitably there are negatives and I do think it is important to address them as they certainly need consideration. The hardest part, for me, is having the desire, determination and commitment to get out in such conditions knowing full well that you may get very little reward for the considerable effort. I've come away empty handed on many many occasions with only a very wet set of kit to show for it and that can be morale sapping and leaving you pretty deflated. Standing for hours in cold, windy and wet conditions isn't particularly enjoyable, in fact its bloody awful and can cause you a lot of physical discomfort, so you have to be prepared for this. Of course heading out into conditions like this can present a level of danger, especially if your up in the fells. Weather at altitude can change rapidly so I have to stress that you must be prepared with the right gear for the job in hand and plan ahead as much as you can. Always let people know where you are going and when you will be home. No photo is ever worth putting yourself into danger or harm for. Choose your locations carefully, for example, if the forecast is for winds of 60mph at ground level then you can imagine how strong it would be a couple of thousand feet up.  You've got to protect your equipment as well, camera, lenses, filters are all very expensive bits of kit and taking them out in adverse weather means you are introducing them to elements which can cause damage. I've seen many pictures of broken camera's, lenses and filters having been dropped from height or submerged in a stream or Lake. So we have to look after our gear as well as ourselves when out in these conditions, stay safe kids.

So there you have it, these are the reason I head out, you may think I'm absolutely insane but if you are willing to put the effort in and brave the weather then you can, on occasion, be rewarded with atmospheric and dramatic images. So get that rain jacket on and embrace the weather. You never know you may just enjoy it.

Keep smiling







(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Adverse District Lake Landscape photography weather Winter https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/3/fair-weather-photography Tue, 10 Mar 2020 18:00:52 GMT
Getting back in the Groove - 2020 Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/1/getting-back-in-the-Groove---2020-photography I’ve photographically charged into 2020 with, well…….a little bit of a whimper to be brutally honest. Usually New years Day morning I’m up with the larks and ready to see the New Year begin with renewed vigour and camera in hand. I feel this sets a president for the year and really gets me motivated and into the swing of things. Well this hasn’t happened and due to a mixture of circumstances I’ve had to wait until the 12th January before my first dedicated trip out with the camera. The weather has been, lets say, less than kind so far this year and we have had numerous storms, winds and heavy rain battering the UK. All this combined with heading back to work and general January blues has meant that opportunities and motivation has been hard to come by. It can be difficult to re focus after Christmas and get back into the swing of it and uninspiring weather doesn’t help.  It’s needles to say that I’m now starting to regain my enthusiasm, my mojo is cranking up, the weather apps are in full swing and the batteries are on charge……..hello 2020!!!!


So with my mind firmly focused on Photography I just needed that window of opportunity to physically get out with the camera. This year I really want to start to refine my technical abilities, It is going to be the year of technique but in order to do this, it is paramount that I maximise my time out with the camera, it is the only way. I also want to explore new areas and not always rely on going to the tried and trusted locations where I know I will get a shot. I want to take more risks and look for different angles and creatively challenge myself. I would like improve my reactive photography opposed to always having a plan. There is nothing wrong with having the plan, but at times I need to be more reactive and fluid with my photography when plan A isn't on offer and you need to change tack and react to your surroundings. I don't do resolutions as such, but I do want to continually improve my photography both from technical stand point and also creatively. That's my plan anyway.


The opportunity presented itself for the first trip out of 2020 on Sunday afternoon to a location I’ve only really visited once before, the weather was looking very promising and with a bit of luck, the conditions could be superb…..to say I was excited was an understatement. On the drive up through the Duddon Valley the promise was there to see, with splashes of gorgeous light breaking the fast moving cloud and highlighting the landscape, my excitement was growing by the minute. We arrived at our destination of Hard Knott Fell, which sits at the head of Upper Eskdale. It is a wild and rugged Landscape and home to the impressive Scafell massif which forms a mighty back drop to the valley. The plan was to shoot the Eskdale Needle, which is a huge pinnacle of rock which juts out from the side of the fell with the Scafell range behind. We made the 20 minute walk to the needle and assessed the situation. It had plenty of potential, but sadly the Scafell range was covered in low cloud, which I was hopeful would clear. We still had a good 40 minutes until golden hour so we had a further explore setting up camp.


It didn’t take long to get my first shot in the bag. While exploring I noticed some lovely light breaking through towards Green Crag and over towards Birker Fell. So I quickly whipped out the camera and fired off a hand held shot. I used the telephoto lens to create compression and some layers In the landscape, the combination of the layers transitioning from dark to light on both foreground and sky really helped to focus the eye on the fells and the gorgeous light in the middle of the image. I’m really pleased with this shot as it was a pure reaction to the light and time was off the essence to catch it and luckily I did….the mojo was back.

Light and Layers towards Green Crag and the Birker Fells:

After a further explore we settled back to the shot of the Needle and patiently waited to see if the cloud would clear, sadly, even though it teased us on many occasions it never fully cleared, which was a shame, as many of the elements where in place for a great shot…but without that impressive back drop for me it was no cigar this time. On the positive I have a greater understanding of the location and a ready made composition for next time.  With a shot already in the bag, I was happy to look at other potential compositions and really liked the look of the view into the Eskdale Valley and I was just keeping an eye on it in case the light broke again. After a little bit of waiting and trying other things a bit of light did break and cast a warm glow over the fells and valley. As I already had pre visualised the image it was just a matter of focusing and taking he image. Another use of the longer lens to create layers in the landscape all.

Light and Layers across Eskdale:

The sun dipped behind the cloud and that looked like the end of the photography for the day, with two shots In the bag and a really good explore I was feeling pretty chipper. We packed up and started to head back, when mother nature just gave us one final light show which really did take us by surprise. The setting sun crept out from behind the cloud and lit a couple of the larger fells with warm intense light, it was superb, but we weren’t in a good location to catch it, so we had to dart to the nearest vantage point, knowing the light would be gone in the blink of an eye. I hurriedly unpacked my gear and managed to fire off a couple of shots of the last of the light fading from the Summit of Esk Pike, If I was in place about 30 seconds earlier I really could have caught some very special light, but again I’m happy with what I got and you can’t have it all. Overall a grand day out. 

Last light on Esk Pike:

Esk Pike - Last LightEsk Pike - Last LightThe last of the sun warms Esk Pike, a shot taken from Hard Knott Fell on an atmospheric evening.

I have to say the feeling of being out on the fells again was absolutely superb. I can’t stress enough the sense of wellbeing you get from being out, If you ever want to find a release from the maelstrom of everyday life then I can whole heartedly recommend getting out into the great outdoors. So the first of the year ticked off and I think a solid start point and it was great to get my eye back in and blow off the cobwebs. I’m hopeful that 2020 and be another great year, 2019 was probably by best in terms of the work I produced and will take some beating, but hey you know what……I’m up for the challenge and to see where the journey takes me this year. Bring it on.


Keep smiling and cheers for now.



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District District. Fell Lake Lake District Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2020/1/getting-back-in-the-Groove---2020-photography Fri, 17 Jan 2020 17:03:02 GMT
The Process of Creating a Landscape Photography image https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/12/the-process-of-creating-an-landscape-photography-image Landscape Photography – from concept to print


When I started to delve deeper in to the world of photography and wanted to improve my skills, I spent a lot of time looking at other people’s images and I wondered why there’s were so much better than mine? Well it took me some time and a lot of head scratching to work out the answer and over time I realised that you don’t take an image but you create one and there is a series of elements involved in the process of creating an image. Only when I started to apply the process to my photography did I start to see an improvement. Over time I've developed my process and the elements involved, some hold greater importance than the others but all are essential cogs in the machine. If you want to improve your photography you need to move away from the ‘snap’ shots and start to plan, prepare, take and visualise your images. As I always say when trying to improve it is these fine margins which make a big difference. I've developed my own 'process' which works for me and I’m going to run through my photography process and why, I believe, each individual element is so important in bringing your images to life and making you a better photographer.

Preperation and Planning of the image:

So to start the process we have a little bit of planning and prep to do. I find this a key element, as there is so much we need to understand and prepare before we actually get out in the field. We need to decided on location and then we need to look at how long it will take to travel there, is there any walking involved, what equipment will I need to take, what time is sunrise/sunset, where does the sunrise/set, where will the light hit, what is the position of the sun this time of year, what the weather is going to be like etc.  We really need to have a good understanding of what we are dealing with before we arrive at our location, the more we know the better prepared we will be and with the aim of the shoot running as smoothly as possible. We will also need to make sure all our equipment is ready, so we need to charge batteries and take spare batteries and memory cards, clean your camera sensor, lenses and filters. Its always worth double checking your equipment as there is nothing worse than getting to your location and realising you've forgotten your memory card or batteries. I really enjoy trip planning and it helps me to build the excitement for the actual outing.

Pre visualising and taking the image:

Obviously one of the most enjoyable parts of the process is being out in the field. There is no better feeling than watching a new day unfold or the last rays of the evening sun wash over a landscape. It is also the most essential part of the process, without the physical image we cannot complete the process. So it is vital that we execute this part correctly in order for us to move on the next stage. It’s no good making all the effort to get to our intended location if we can’t get the shot. I always like to arrive as early as possible to assess the scene I’m looking to shoot, identify my subject, decide on the type of shot I want to capture, find my composition, is it free of distractions and elements which aren’t needed, make sure all my camera settings are correct (apeture, shutter speed and ISO), make sure my focus is set, do a few test shots and review to make sure all looks good and if necessary make adjustments to all the above. Then I have a brew and wait for the light to hit knowing I'm completey prepared and ready. Try not to flit between different scenes and always look to get one image your really pleased with. After you have your main image in the bag, then you can start to experiment knowing you have the shot in the bag.

Unedited Raw file straight out of the camera:

Kelly RAW (1 of 1)Kelly RAW (1 of 1)

Editing and visualisation of the image:

Editing……well this could be a whole blog on its own to be fair and I will look to do one in the future about the power and importance of editing your images. I find this can be a bit of a contentious issue and you can find some photographers will hide the fact that they edit images. Now I’m happy to put it out there…I edit my images, In fact I believe it to be an important part of the creative process of photography and helps for you to visualise and interprate the scene you have captured. My main reasoning is that, no matter how good your camera sensor is, it can never replicate what you see with your own eyes. The dynamic range in your eye will far exceed that of your sensor, for this reason we need to process the image to get it at close to how you saw it. The camera can’t convey your emotions and how you felt when you took the image, I use processing to help to interprate these emotions so people can connect with your image and when they see it, it is like they are ther and they can feel what you did. Editing is very much an iterative process and once you’ve edited it is worth going away make a brew and then come back to it with fresh eyes, as you often find that your first pass, when you go back to it might not look correct and will need further tweaking, but its worth taking the time to get it correct.  

The final edited image, ready for sharing and printing: 

Image Sharing: 

Once you have edited the image you can then share your image to the general public. You may not think this is important part, but gaining feedback and recognition from your peers is so important. There is nothing better than getting positive feedback on an image and I find the communities of Instagram and Facebook are really good and supportive. Also never be afraid to listen to other peoples thoughts on your images and if you ask for it people will offer constructive criticism. I’d always take criticism with a pinch of salt, as Photography is very subjective, but you may just learn something.

Printing the image:

So the final part of the process and one that is so rewarding in my view. Images can look good on a computer or mobile screen but they really come alive when you physically print them out and can appreciate all the fine details in the image that we simply don't get on a computer screen. We really do live in a digital world and images these days can be confined to the computer or hard drive and never see the light of day, so it is really inspiring and satisfying seeing a physical outcome to your exploits and hard work. Printing images can also help you as a photographer. Firstly when you print images and especially when printing big, you really need to make sure your technique is on the money. All technical flaws will be visable when printed big as all the fine detail, which you often lose on social media platforms will be highlighted. Printing images makes you a better image editor as you spend time in the editing suite reviewing the images and making it as perfect as possible, removing dust spots, making sure it is correctly exposed and not over edited. I must admit, I really get excited when waiting to see how an image looks when printed and it makes all the hard work, patience and determination worth it to see the image, printed, mounted and framed and hanging on a wall for all to see......no better feeling and one of great pride. 

Printed and mounted image, ready to go on the wall or to a new home: 

kelly print-1kelly print-1

So thats my photography process, hopefully you will take something from this and gives you an insight into the time, effort, methods and processes which are involved in capturing a landscape image and why they are all important. Ultimately you will develop a process which works for you, but I can't stress the importance of having a process or workflow for your photography, as it really helps you to get the most out of it and hopefully come away with some stunning images. 



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Lake District Photography Prints Landscape Photography Prints https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/12/the-process-of-creating-an-landscape-photography-image Wed, 18 Dec 2019 10:56:16 GMT
Autumn in the Lake District.........The Good and Bad https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/10/lake-district-photography As a landscape photographer it really doesn’t get much better than Autumn, it is and will always be regarded as one of the best seasons for landscape photography and it really isn’t difficult to understand why. After the dark greens of summer disappear the earthy warm golden tones really start to take hold, trees are awash with warm yellows, browns, reds and oranges, even the bracken, which is usually pretty un-photogenic takes on a wonderfully golden brown colour. When the soft golden early morning or late evening light hits these colours they become wonderfully rich, warm and vibrant which is so appealing to the eye. Aside from the colours we are also treated to some fantastic weather conditions which further enhance the landscapes and tempt us photographers. Mist and fog are common at this time of year and we also start to see the first frosts of the year. Any combination of the colours and conditions can yield superb results for photography. That mixture of the warm golden trees meeting the cool tones of a morning frost or misty conditions can offer superb contrasts, tones and textures to your images and is a mouth watering prospect for any photography enthusiast. Now that’s the good……so what about the bad.

For all its gorgeousness Autumn doesn’t come without its issues. First contender in the bad category is the ‘Window of opportunity’. I really do struggle to get out at this time of the year. Daylight hours are greatly reduced and in the week, I’m usually in work or on my way to and from work…….meaning I miss the best of the day…..well all of the day to be fair. So I’m purely down to shooting at the weekend and am at the mercy of the weather gods….as we all know, they don’t always play ball. If the weather is bad that’s my opportunity gone for another week and when time is off the essence this is far from ideal. That leads me nicely on to problem number two…..stormy weather.  Autumn is incredibly prone to storms and inclement weather. It is something about the position of jet stream which causes constant low pressure systems bring rain and wind in a plenty. I can cope with rain but wind really isn’t the friend of Autumn as you can imagine, and the leaves can be well and truly blown off the trees before the colours really hit their peak. The previous two years have been a major let down after storm up on storm battered the UK and as a result there was very little leaves left on the trees to take colour and let alone shoot.  

Ok that’s my moaning out of the way. Lets get back to talking about the good stuff. Now over the last few weeks I have been busy with the camera trying to grab as much Autumn action as possible. I've ventured to a few locations which I love to visit this time of year, these are areas, in my opinion, that really showcase the Autumnal beauty of the lakes. I’ve been lucky that the weather, thus far has been pretty decent on my days off and  I’ve managed to visit most of the places I love. I can't say it's been plane sailing but it certainly has been better than previous years. Either way and image or not it has just been nice to get out and about and witness nature at her finest. So here are my favourite Autumn Lake District locations and what I’ve been getting up to over the last month or so.  

Rydal Water:

Sitting between Ambleside and Grasmere, Rydal Water is an absolute gem for photography and this shows with its popularity. It really is a busy place at present, you can’t swing your tripod around without hitting another photographer. Rydal is a small body of water, with a scattering of wooded Islands, it is surrounded by an abundance of woodland which cover the shoreline and surrounding hills, it has an old Boat house at one end and is a hot spot for a bit of morning mist. It is easily accessible with parking at White Moss and is well pathed. I like to venture up White Moss Common which it at the western end. It is a short 15-20 minute walk and has a gorgeous view over the whole of Rydal Water, like my below image. It is also a short walk from it bigger neighbour, Grasmere and is also well worth a visit.

Rydal Water from White Moss Common:



Borrowdale lies at the southern end of Derwent Water in the northern Lake District. The area around the Bowderstone and Castle Crag, for me is absolutely perfect to visit to catch the Autumn colours. The area is surrounded by gorgeous woodland, none better than Cummacatta woods, which is easily accessible from the Bowderstone National trust carpark just south of the village of Grange. As well as the lower woodland you also have an option of climbing the fells of Castle Crag, Grange Fell and Kings How, which offer grand views over Derwent water to Skiddaw, both Fells have birch trees a plenty just off the summit and can give you endless compositional opportunities whether it be the wider shots or more detailed compositions.

Walla Crag from Kings How:

Kings How - Walla Crag lightKings How - Walla Crag light  

Castle Crag from Borrowdale:

Borrowdale Autumn MoodBorrowdale Autumn Mood

Holme Fell:

Holme Fell has long been a favourite of mine, ever since I visited it around three years ago, in fact my wife thinks it’s my second home. Holme Fell, two miles North of Conistion, is blessed with many Silver Birch trees and it is also surrounded by woodland on the lower flanks and in the valleys of Tilberthwaite and Langdale, which makes it great at this time of year, as the trees take on those gorgeous colours.  The Fell is accessible from both Yew Tree Tarn and Hodge Close. I like to park at Yew Tree Tarn as it is also a lovely little location to visit for those Autumnal  reflections when the colours are in there prime. There is ample parking at Hodge Close and is only a short walk up to the fell through the woods. There is plenty to explore around the woodland areas of Hodge Close, you have a series of small tarns and from up on the fell you have endless compositions picking out groups of silver birch and other trees with a sumptuous back drop of the Langdale Pikes in the distance. What more could you ask for?

Morning Light over Hodge Close from Holme Fell:

Hodge Close spot lightHodge Close spot light

Yew Tree Tarn Autumn reflections:

Hopefully I will manage to get out a couple more times before these superb colours leave us (no pun intended) for this year. I’ve certainly been happier with my exploits and I’ve come away with a couple of images I’m really pleased with. If I don’t manage to get out again there is always Winter to look forward to and that’s not too bad a prospect.....oh and then there is spring......I shouldn't complain.

Cheers Tim



(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Autumn Borrowdale District Fell Holme Lake location Photography Rydal Water https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/10/lake-district-photography Wed, 30 Oct 2019 13:55:51 GMT
Don't miss the mist!!!! https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/10/mist Well summer is now well and truly over and while I enjoyed my photography exploits I’m definitely now looking forward to the seasons ahead. We are moving into the time of year that landscape photographers dream about…..Autumn and Winter. There are already tell-tale signs of the changing of seasons with the dark summer greens being replaced with the warm orange, yellow and browns of Autumn. It is amazing that these subtle changes have already transformed and started to impact the look of the landscape. I also find with the changing of the seasons that we are prone to mist/fog and the holy grail of landscape photography……temperature cloud inversions. The very mention of either of these weather conditions sends us photographers doolally with excitement and dribbling from the mouth. In this blog I'm going to give a little guide to shooting in these most magical of conditions.  

Over the last couple of weeks we have been treated to a lot of foggy and misty mornings and I’ve been lucky to get out and take advantage on a couple of occasions. I love shooting in mist and inversions as we can create an array of wonderful atmospheric and interesting images, from wider landscapes to picking out more intimate compositions and creating wonderful abstracts....the possibilities are endless and the rewards can be great.


Firstly you will need to set that alarm and get out of bed to catch these conditions, luckily at this time of year sunrise times are a little more palatable. If you are going to get above the mist in time for sunrise then you will have set off in the dark, so please make sure you know where you are going, take the suitable equipment and always let somebody know your destination. Once we are prepared to get out we need to look at the weather to determine if there will be mist. Modern day forecasts are pretty accurate and some, like met office, will forecast mist, but if they don’t what signs should you look for? I always look out for clear nights and light winds, I also check the visibility, if you have a clear night, its safe to assume that the visibility will be very good, so if visibility changes over night to poor then this is a good indication that there might be mist and fog. In term's of kit, you want to pack both wide and telephoto lenses, plenty of batteries, tripod, warm clothing, head torch, food and drink and a map. 

Settings and techy stuff: 

The most tricky bit when photographing mist and inversions is controlling your exposure and your focusing. We will look at exposure first. When your camera evaluates the scene you are trying to capture it uses light to determine the correct exposure, now in misty scenes, as you can imagine, there is a lot of light and bright white mist..this can confuse your camera into thinking it is going to be too bright and as a result it will under expose the image. To counter this I use the exposure compensation to alter the exposure manually. I usually increase the exposure by +1EV and this should be a good place to start. Remember that as the light increases in your scene so will your exposure, so you will need to monitor this and regularly check your exposure and the histogram so you don't burn out the highlight's. If you clip or burn out the highlights there is no recoverable information and all detail will be lost in that particular part of the image.

In regards to focusing, I would always manually focus in these conditions. The reason being is auto focus relies on detecting contrast and misty scenes have very little contrast in them, so your auto focus may struggle to lock on a subject…especially if it’s quite dense and you could miss out on capturing an image while your camera is hunting for its focus. I use a single focus point and have a main point of interest in you image, focus on this and using the correct aperture should leave you with a nicely in focus image. 

In terms of other camera settings I always shoot in manual mode,  I set the lowest ISO possible (100 should be fine), you won’t need to use a small aperture like F16 as there will be little depth of field in the image, so I usually use mid range apertures like  F8 to F11. Use your tripod for extra stability, so you can keep your images pin sharp. I would also shoot in RAW, so you can adjust your exposure and white balance when you process your images. 

So now we have a grasp of settings and some of the technical stuff we can now get out and enjoy the conditions, below I explain the 3 best ways, in my opinion, to shoot misty conditions.

Get Above it:

One of the best ways to photography mist and cloud inversions is from above, so it’s always worth getting your boots on and gaining a little altitude. Usually when you get above an inversion you are greeted with clear skies, for me this usually makes the wider shots a no no as you have very little interest in the sky. In these circumstances and where I believe you can create more atmosphere and impact is reaching for the longer lens and looking for those more intimate detailed shots and cutting out that dull uninteresting sky. The compositions can be endless as the mist rolls across the landscape leaving tantalising glimpses of what lies beneath. Trees are a perfect subject as they can stick out from the mist and usually with being darker than the mist they offer great contrast.  I like to look at groups of trees/mountains partially revealed in the mist and use the long lens to pick them out. You can also create some great layered shots using the compression which a longer lens, like my image below. When the sun comes out it can add further texture to images, as the light will slowly filter through the mist lighting it up and casting fantastic light rays or lighting the trees or mountains. 

Latterbarrow mistsLatterbarrow mistsWonderful layer of trees rising from the morning mist, with Latterbarrow standing proud behind.

If you go down to the woods today:

If you ask a landscape photographer what area of photography they find difficult they will probably tell you shooting woodland. I believe this genre is difficult to master and is a skill in itself, now I’m certainly no expert but for me, misty conditions are perfect for shooting woodland. Woodland scenes are pretty chaotic and it can be very difficult to simplify your composition from the chaos. This is where mist or fog helps, you see it helps to soften your background and aids separation from your main subject.  In short the mist cuts out the distractions which may lead the eye away from the main point of interest in your image. At this time of year the colours are changing and the wonderful warm tones really combine well with the mists. You can also create some wonderful images when the sun breaks the mist and casts glorious light rays filtering through the trees, again this adds real impact to you images.  

The WoodsThe WoodsTaken on a foggy morning near Gummers How, Windermere. Foggy and mist conditions are perfect for woodland photography and really offer impact to the images. I love then fallen and tree and the eerie look of the woodland stretching out beyond.

Get amongst it:

You can also have huge success when shooting in the mist opposed to being above it. I usually find when it’s misty it is very calm and ideal opportunity to get down to a lake or river and catch some lovely atmospheric reflection shots. If you like the wider shot, these types of conditions lend themselves perfectly, as you don’t have to worry about dull uninteresting skies as the mists should offer great interest to the scene. I like to look for mountains emerging from the mists or groups of trees, reflected in the calm waters. Once the mist starts to clear you can have some great light breaking through and this can give your images a real ethereal or magical look. If it’s really dense fog you can look to create some minimalist abstract images, especially if there is little light. Look for darker subjects to add contrast to the lighter background, usual creative effects like long exposures to add movement to your misty images. The possibilities are endless.

Hopefully this will have got your creative juices flowing and itching to get out and about capturing some wonderful misty scenes. It really can be the most rewarding conditions to shoot in and you can create a wide variety of wonderfully atmospheric images......so keep an eye on the forecast and don't miss out on the mist. 




(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Cloud Fog Inversions Lake District Lake District Photography Landscape Mist Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/10/mist Wed, 09 Oct 2019 12:23:07 GMT
Lakeland - A Year in Focus 2020 Calendar https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/8/lakeland---a-year-in-focus-2020-calendar It’s that time of year again folks. After the success of my 2019 calendar, Lakeland – A Year in Focus, I’m now in the stages of releasing next year’s addition. Last year, the calendar was very much a test the water project and I was delighted and a little surprised with the response and support I received...for which I’m very thankful. I had calendars sent all over the world and I’m thrilled that my calendars will be hanging on walls in America, Australia, New Zealand, Malaysia and of course the UK. It was certainly an eye opening experience and with it being my first time I didn't find it particularly easy. You may think ‘what’s difficult about choosing 12 images? Well its not as easy as you think. A good calendar in my opinion, has to follow certain criteria. Firstly it needs to follow the seasons, no point having a winter image in June. The calendar has to offer variety, not just in the location but the style of the image, I would get board of looking at similar images from the same area. The images need to be eye catching, but I also like my images to represent the many different moods the Lake District has to offer...not just vibrant sunsets. I like the images to offer familiarity with places people may have visited or recognise, but to also showcase some places people don’t know and highlight the wonderfully rich and diverse landscape of the lake district. Finally the calendar has to flow, but this in part is getting all the elements I've mentioned correct. I must have changed my choice of images numerous times last year, but this time around I feel better equipped. So hear are my selected images for the 2020 Lake Distrist Calendar - a selection I'm really proud of and really think it highlights the beauty of the Lake District. 

JANUARY - Alpine Langdale 

FEBRUARY -Brathay Winter Reflections 

MARCH - Loughrigg Morning Mists 

APRIL - Rydal Spring Reflections 

MAY - Lake District Layers 

JUNE - The Road to Wasdale 

JULY - Skiddaw Summer Sunset 


SEPTEMBER - Scale Force 

OCTOBER - Langdale Autumn sunrise 

NOVEMBER - Thirlmere delicate dawn 

DECEMBER - Warnscale Winter 

Warnscale WinterWarnscale Winter I hope you like the images I've selected, apologies if your favourite hasn't been included, it's been a difficult choice and a few 'good ones' were left on the cutting room floor, but over all I'm really happy with the calendar and think the images included some of my best work to date and truely believe it represents the Lake District in all its glory....come rain or shine. The calendar will be availble to pre order next week, so please stay tunned. 

(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) 2020 Calendar Lake District Calendar Lake District Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/8/lakeland---a-year-in-focus-2020-calendar Sat, 10 Aug 2019 17:47:39 GMT
Summer Loving.......Not!!!!! https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/7/summer-loving We all love summer......those long warm sunny days, BBQ's, beer gardens, Ice Cream's......and much much more...We all love summer right? WRONG. You may be surprised to know but summer must rank as the most unpopular of seasons for the old landscape photographer. You would be forgiven in thinking that it would in fact be the opposite but instead of getting out in the warm sunshine with their cameras, they in fact hang up their cameras and tripods all together and go into hibernation until the Autumn. Often photographers complain about suffering from lack of motivation at this time of the year. So why is this? Well if you keep reading I will let you know the main reasons for the loathing of summer and how I keep my motivation in tact and why I certainly wouldn't dream of hanging my camera up at this time of year.

I believe there are three main reasons for summer bashing. There are probably more but for me, these are the main culprits as I understand it. The first reason is the longer day light hours, you really do need to burn the candles at both ends this time of year. Sunrise can be as early as 4.30am and can often mean a 2am get up to be able to get to our location with plenty of time to get on site and set up ready for the best conditions. Getting up at this time really is a struggle and will generally render you useless for the rest of the day and very much in a zombified state. In contrast, sunset is a lot later and again you can find yourself getting home pretty late in the evening after a shoot. I would say that sunset is generally considered more achievable for photographers but still not ideal.......as we need our beauty sleep us photographers!!! 

The second reason is the light. We all know the importance and the impact that good light can have on an image, but in the summer months there is no denying the strength of the sun. This can make conditions pretty challenging to say the least. The harsh lighting can result in high contrast in images, long shadows, lens flare and blown out highlights. There is also a lot more haze in the atmosphere this time of the year and can effect detail and colour contrast, leaving images looking rather flat. You also have less shooting time, as the light is harsher for longer or becomes harsh very quickly. Good quality light is essential for Landscape Photography, so I can really see why this would be a turn off for many photographers.  

The last reason is green!! The landscape is awash with a deep green colour which looks very pleasant to the eye, it doesn't translate very well on camera. If its really hot then the grass can become a scorched yellow colour, which is also not particularly pleasing to look at. Bracken springs up everywhere and it isn't very photogenic, it also covers the landscape and you loose all interesting foreground as its buried under this thick blanket. Bracken can get up to waist height and can be difficult walk through, making access to locations alittle more difficult. You are also prone to horrible little beasts like midges and ticks in the summer months. These little chaps can make for a really unpleasant experience, especially ticks and you should always check yourself after being out and about. 

Seat SandleSeat Sandle While I do understand the above arguments and I can see why these elements would be a major turn off for some, I would never dream of giving up for months at a time....I can't imaging anything worse. So I'm going to offer my thoughts and how I believe we can counter these arguments and have great success with our images this time of year. Ok, I hold my hands up....sunrise is so early and can be really tough in the summer, so much so I've kind of knocked it on the head at the moment. So I've been doing more evening shoots. Sunsets are great and I really enjoy them. The reason being is I have a lot more time to get out and explore, it's not as rushed as sunrise shoots, I also can build in a walk and get to locations, which in the winter, would be a struggle without alot of walking in the dark. Its a great opportunity to explore and  find more locations and get tester shoots and find compositions for the future. So the answer to this one is pretty simple.....if you cant do sunrise do sunset. 

I believe its a fair assumption to say that its not all wall to wall sunshine and clear blue skies in the summer......infact far from it in the North of England. So I tend to be pretty selective when choosing the conditions I shoot in, if possible. This is no different to how I normally operate at anytime of the year, so why change in the summer?? After long periods of heat, the weather tends to break in spectacular fashion, we get a lot of sunshine and showers and again this can lead to brilliant shooting conditions. If its hazy, I tend to reach for the long lens as you can create some fantastic layered images with a longer lens and hazy conditions. It's just about learning to handle your conditions and choosing the correct weather and light to shoot in. If it's a clear blue sky day then dont go for a wider shot where you include sky, again use the longer lens to pick up finer details in the landscape when the light hits, you can create some wonderful intimate images doing this. 

Langdale and ScafellLangdale and Scafell

Ok so how do we solve this green issue? Well we don't. Summer is just green, that's how it is. I'm not opposed to the green colours personally, but I don't like bracken as it does eliminate any foreground and it is diffucult to negotiate. I tend to avoid the lower fells and woodland in summer, as these are most effected by the bracken, so I try to get a little altitude and bypass the bracken and get above it. Getting down at the lake sides can also be a good way to elimate bracken and alot of the green. If the green is still bothering you then go and shoot in black and white. I quite like capturing the lake district in all seasons and weather conditions, also its worth noting that people actually like summer and like to see summery images and the vibrant green landscape associated with it, so I'm willing to sacrifice my own artistic preferences to bring people images they want and like to see.  

So how do I deal with summer? Well for me, its all been about exploration and getting out into the fells. I can't deny I've struggled with sunrises and it's been a good few months since I did one. However I'm not too concerned and I've very much enjoyed getting off the beaten track and finding new locations and different view points. From a photography perspective I've never walked and explored so much, I've never visited so many different locations and areas I've never considered before. As a result of being out walking regularly I'm feeling the benefit and my fitness levels are increasing. It's also a great way to unwind after a day at work. I feel like I've been highly productive this summer, more so than ever before. Summer is the perfect time to get out and about and even if you don't want to take an image, you can scout for when the weather is more to your liking. At the end of the day Summer is hear to stay, there is no getting around this, yes there are better seasons, but this doesn't mean summer is bad, it's just another season to master and manage the conditions.....like we do with all seasons. So don't give up, get out and enjoy summer.....the Photographers forth favourite season. 

Wastwater PanoWastwater Pano


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District Lake Landscape Photography Summer https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/7/summer-loving Thu, 25 Jul 2019 09:02:16 GMT
My top tips for improving your photography. https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/6/my-top-tips-for-improving-your-photography Lets be honest, learing a new skill isn't easy and it takes time. It can be frustrating, overwhelming and you just want to be accomplished from the onset and when this doesn't happen, we often give up the goose. I get it, we all want to be the best we can instantly, but sadly this isn't reality. I remember when I started to take photography a little more seriously, I was often left highly frustrated that I wasn't taking images as I saw them. I would look at other people's images and wonder why there's were so much better than mine? what was I doing wrong? and should I just throw the damn thing in the bin and give up. However I didn't give up and I made a decision to stick with it and I'm so pleased I did. It takes time to learn new skills but there is light at the end of the tunnel and with a tiny bit of knowledge and plenty of determination you can see your photography go from strength to strength. So to help you along the way I've complied my top tips for how you can start to improve your photography.  

Oxendale and the Langdale Valley taken 2012. Just bought my first 'proper camera'.


A little Knowledge goes a long way:

So in order to be able to take better photographs we need to firstly understand the basic theory of photography. Now you don't need to go too in depth at this stage, as your likely to get brain overload, but you do need to have the basic understanding of aperture, Shutter speed and ISO and how they interact and affect one another. In its basic form photography is all about light and how much light your sensor is exposed to, each one of these elements (apeture, shutterspeed and ISO) controls the amount of light that hits the sensor. Altering anyone of them will have an impact on the others and thus changing your exposure. Too much light and you image will be over exposed (light) and two little light and your image will be under exposed (dark). So we need use these three elements called the exposure triangle (aperture, shutter speed and ISO) to get a balanced and correctly exposed image. Once you have a basic grasp of these, especially aperture and shutter speed, it will be the foundations in which to build on.

Learn about your camera:

So we now a have a little knowledge about the basics of photography, next on the list is you need to get to know your camera. Now I don't mean take it out on a date, what I mean is you need to know how your camera works in order to get the maximum out of it, If your not getting the most out of your camera, then your not getting the most out of your photography. Learn what your camera is good at, what its limitations are, learn the settings and where they are in the menu so you can quickly navigate your way around the camera so you can adjust to sudden changes or opportunities. You want your camera to be an extension of your arm and eye, this is your tool and you need to know how to use it. So take time to read the manual or sit at home and run through the menus and fully acquaint yourselves......you'll be an old married couple in no time. 

Watch, read and learn:

Once you've mastered the basics and are comfortable with these, then you can start to expand your knowledge further. A good way to do this is by reading and watching as much photography based content as you can. There are countless lessons and tutorials online which are really useful in helping taking your skills to the next level. Another way I learned was to look at other photographers work, see what setting they use, what time of day they were at the location, look at their compositions, there editing style etc. You don't have to copy what they do, but you can get great ideas from fellow photographers and don't be afraid to ask them what settings they used etc, usually they will be more than happy to answer your questions. Immersing ourselves into as much content as possible will really help as it will get you into thinking like a photographer.

Shoot when the light is at its best:

The best times of day to get out with your camera are the hours before and after sunrise and sunset otherwise known as 'Golden Hour. At these times of the day the light is softer, diffused, richer and washes the landscape in a warm golden glow which helps to accentuating shadows and giving definition to your images. The use of good light in your photography can make so much difference and can really lift a scene, add depth, impact and make it standout. Light is often the difference between a good image and a great image. The problem with golden hour is that it doesn't last long and is usually found at unsociable times of the day, I find this one of the most difficult parts of photography but if your willing to burn the candle at both ends then you really can get some stunning results.  

Get out as much as possible:

Practise does indeed make perfect, simple but true. When I started to take photography more seriously I made the conscious decision to get out as much as I could and its no coincident that I started to see the quality of my images improve significantly as a result. If your willing to put in the hours then you will see an improvement. Even if the weather conditions don't look great, it doesn't matter, get out and experiment using different techniques, go outside of your comfort zone. Be willing to experiment and don't be afraid to make mistakes, as making mistakes will make you a better photographer, I make plenty of mistakes but I've learned from each and every one of them.   

Slow down and take your time:

For a long time when I was out with the camera I wanted to grab as many images as I could, if I didn't come back with 100's of images I would be disappointed. Of course we want to produce as many great images as we can but I would rather take one great image than 100 ok images. When I head out with the camera now I have one objective and that is to get one shot I'm really pleased with, If I get more after this then great, but one image is all I want. I like to arrive on location well before sunrise/sunset, I like to take my time in finding potential compositions, think about what I want to achieve, think about how everything interacts in my scene. When I'm happy with composition, I make sure I'm ready to take the shot and all my settings are correct, my focus is set and its just a matter of waiting until the best of the light arrives. If I'm running around like a loony, I'm not having the time to think about my image and refine it etc.   

Go manual:

Modern day camera's are pretty smart cookies and in most scenarios they will select the right settings after evaluating the scene to get the shot you want. However sometimes they get it wrong and no camera can interperate, creatively, what we as photographers are trying to achieve. Photography is a creative subject and taking your camera off automatic mode and taking full control over your camera and its settings, will really improve your images. Instead of the camera doing the work you will need to set your aperture, shutter speed, ISO, white balance etc, set your focus point etc. Manual mode allows you to use creative affects like using a slower shutter speed to blur motion, to get those silky smooth dreamy waterfall shots etc. I appreciate this is a daunting prospect, but it isn't as bad as you think and within a few weeks, you will be well away. 

Shoot in RAW and edit your images:

Editing, developing and manipulating images has been going on from the very beginning of photography. You may not know it but when you take a picture on your mobile or camera the device you have taken the image on will edit the image for you, it will take the unprocessed file, add some contrast, saturation, sharpen the image to make it more visually apealling, then compress it into a JPEG. Again, this is another extension of the creative process and taking the decisions away from your camera. This is another area which I think people find daunting, but it is such an important element to photography. When we talk about shooting in RAW this is, essentially, a digital negative, an undeveloped image. A RAW file is a large file which contains all the infomation when you take your image, but it needs to be developed to get the maximum out of the image. Instead of the dark room we now have all manner of software where we can process these RAW files, this gives us full creative control over how we want our finished images look, again instead of the camera doing it for us.  

Get some help:

Shameless plug time. There is no harm in getting some help, when I was learning I would have loved to have got some pointers and to make sure I was heading in the right direction. Taking a 1-2-1 or workshop can really help to progress your photography. When I've been around more experienced photographers I always asked for guidance, its how we learn. We all approach things in different ways to achieve the same outcome, so getting as many different opinions as possible will really benefit you, you can then take all this information and form a style and work flow which is best suited to you. We never stop learning and I still ask many questions and advice from my peers.

I hope all this information helped. These are my opinions and how I took my photography to the next step, some may work for you and others won't and that's fine. The main thing is to stick with it and get out and about with the camera and you are sure to succeed. Hopefully the two images illustrate that if you do persevere, over time you will see an improvement in you photography. 

Oxendale and the Langdale Valley - my most recent image June 19. A little different to my 2012 image.


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District. improve Landscape Photography Lake Lake District Landscape locations Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/6/my-top-tips-for-improving-your-photography Sat, 15 Jun 2019 08:18:20 GMT
My Top Five Lake District Photography Locations https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/3/my-top-five-lake-district-photography-locations I've been asked a few times what is my favourite Lake District landscape photography location?? This is a really difficult question to answer and I usually proceed to rattle off around 20+ locations to the poor individual who has asked me the question, I can see their eyes glazing over and mind wandering. There is an abundance of beautiful and diverse locations all within a relatively compact area and it can be very much be like a 'kid in a sweetshop' at times but I guess thats what makes the Lake District such a fantastic place to visit for photography. I have many locations I enjoy to visit and all for very different reasons, some I find are better at certain times of the year, others are suited to specific weather conditions, some I have a personal fondness for and then we have just the jaw droppingly beautiful ones. As you can see, its not an easy question to answer. But I've kind of commintted now so I've been wracking my brains trying to narrow the many locations I love down to five. It's taken a little time but I've finally picked my five, a lot of great locations haven't made the cut, but thats not to say they aren't great locations. So in no particular order my top 5 locations are;


Kelly Hall Tarn is a small tarn which sits on the side of Torver Common and just out side of the small village of Torver and is about 3 miles South West of Coniston. The view over the tarn towards The Old Man of Coniston and Dow Crag is absolutely gorgeous and because of its location and size you almost always get a good reflection of the mountains in the tarn. Even thought it is rather small, it has an abundance of photographic opportunities with plenty of trees and a lovely boulder in the water to add interest into your shot. It is perfect for both sunrise and sunset and it's only a 5 minute walk from a large parking area. Kelly Hall Tarn was the first place I ever visited for a sunrise shoot, It is now my go to location with it only being 25 minutes drive from my house, I've visited countless times over the years and it's a place I love to visit to escape the stresses of the world. Your also guaranteed to bump into another photographers and its a great place for a good gossip with other like minded folk while taking in this super views. 

Kelly Hall GoldKelly Hall GoldA glorious golden hour at Kelly Hall Tarn. It had been a wet day, until the sun came out in the afternoon and provided some lovely light and perfectly contrasted with the dark skies beyond.


This relatively small fell packs a real punch and not many plces can command the same views as Loughrigg Fell. It has a magnificent 360° vista from the summit with awesome views of Grasmere, Rydal Water, Skelwith Bridge, Elterwater, Loughrigg Tarn, Great Langdale and Windermere. You can walk up to the summit in around 45 minutes and there are routes up from Grasmere, Skelwith Bridge, Rydal Water and Clappersgate near Ambleside. A popular spot with photographers for good reason, with potentially endless photographic opportunities with towering mountains, beautiful valleys and gorgeous lakes. For me Loughrigg comes alive on a misty morning, when you can reach for the long lens and pick out trees in the misty valleys below. For me it's definitely a sunrise location to catch those mist mornings and the first of the morning light washing through the valley. I usually visit Loughrigg Fell on a number of occasion throughout the year and I can honestly say I never get tired of this highly versatile location. Its definitely a must for any photographer and a worthy entry into my top five. 

Loughrigg mists - the revealLoughrigg mists - the revealA wider shot of a rather beautiful morning up on Loughrigg Fell. You can't beat trees in the mist.


Deepdale beck is a hidden gem in my opinion and as wild and rugged a location as you will find in the Lakes. It has often been refered to as the Lake District's answer to the Fairy Pools on the Isle of Skye with its series of small waterfalls and mountainous backdrop. It is set in a long valley which is just outside of Patterdale near Ullswater. The valley is very secluded and it's a good 45 minute walk up to the best of the waterfalls. Its a great walk and on some days you won't see a soul. The head of the valley is dominanted by the impressive Greenhow End, which is a large crag on the side of Fairfield. The location comes into its own on moody days and with a splattering of snow on the fells. You can catch some really dramatic images here in those conditions and it really reflects the mood of the place. I could easily spend hours in this location taking images, it never fails to take my breath away. Really worth a vist if you can handle the hiking time.  


Langdale is as stunning a location as you will find in the Lake District. For me the best area and the one I visit most regularly is Lingmoor Fell, which is nicely positioned between Little and Great Langdale. Again this isn't the largest fell but affords magnificent views towards the Langdale Pikes and the head of Great Langdale, down to Blea Tarn and also towards Wetherlam and the Coniston Fells. I have too locations I like to visit, one is Birk Knott, which is a small hill on the backside of Lingmoor Fell, which has tremendous views over Blea Tarn and towards Great Langdale. The other is from the front end of Lingmoor Fell, which has views down towards Side Pike and the Langdale Pikes. It has a gorgeous old stone wall, which runs all the way down to Side Pike and really works a great lead in to the awesome view (pictured below). Langdale is around 30 mintues drive from both Coniston and Ambleside and if in the area its is really worth visiting. A place that never fails to inspire me and many other photographers and outdoor enthusiasts alike.  

Langdale Pikes from Lingmoor FellLangdale Pikes from Lingmoor FellMorning light over the Langdale Pikes, Side Pike and the head of Great Langdale from the flanks of Lingmoor Fell. Not many finer views in the Lake District in my opinion.


The smaller neighbour of Ullswater, Brothers Water is a delightful little body of water. It is sadly often bypassed on route to Ullswater but it's been a favourite of mine for a number of years. It is easily accessible and it's only a short 5 minutes walk up to the Water. The dominating fell from the Western shore is Hartsop Dodd and on a calm day can be beautifully reflected in the water, there is also a delightful copse of trees, which I also enjoy shooting. The eastern shore line is also lovely and I particularly like an old fence which slopes into the water with the fantastic view towards Middle Dodd, High Hartsop Dodd and Dove Crag. You can walk around Brothers Water and its a pleasant couple of miles walking. For me it is a perfect sunrise location and one I always stop at when I'm in the Ullswater area and it a good spot to just chill out and enjoy the views with a brew.

Brothers water sunriseBrothers water sunriseA beautiful pastel sunrise at Brothers Water.

So there you have it, my favourite locations in the Lake District. Do you agree with my choices? Probably not, and over time these will probably change myself. Like I mentioned before, I believe this is what makes the Lake District such a highly regarded place having some many wonderful things to see and do in such a small area, not only for photography but for fell walkers, day trippers, holiday makers etc. It really has got something for everybody.  


(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Lake District Landscape Photography locations https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/3/my-top-five-lake-district-photography-locations Tue, 26 Mar 2019 13:36:15 GMT
Location Scouting and February heat wave................ https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/3/location It's been crazy weather in the Lakes over the last few days and we've seen some pretty 'unseasonal' weather..... I mean 14°C in Feb...Really??? Not that I'm complaining and I have enjoyed the pleasant weather. On Friday, myself and Shaun Derby, a good friend of mine and talented photographer headed out to scout some new locations and we had a full days itinary planned. The weather for sunrise was looking a little flat but sunset was definitely looking a little more promising. We had identified Hard Knott Fell for sunrise and Great Gable for sunset. I had worked out all the timings (drive time, walking time etc), so we could arrive in plenty of time to have a good scout of the area before the sunrise. The alarm was set for 4.50am with Shaun picking me up at 5.15am. It's only a 20 mile journey but it's not the easiest drive as it is on very narrow roads and it climaxes with a drive up Hard Knott Pass, which can be interesting at times, if you've never been on it think narrow and steep with some killer switchbacks. We arrived at about 6.20am and there was already some colour in the sky, I think we both had a feeling that the sky was going to light up and we would have to get moving to get to the summit in time to catch the colour. It was about a 30 minute walk to the summit, so we were cutting it fine.

On arrival at the summit we were in awe of the view, which looks towards the head of Eskdale and the Scafell mountain range. It really is a magnificent sight and is as wild and rugged a landscape you will find in the Lake District. Once we had picked our jaws off the floor, we set to work finding a composition. Well the summit is grassy with plenty of rocky outcrops to use as foreground interest, the problem being is there is almost too much to go at and it can be a little chaotic, we both really struggled to find something that worked initially. With the clock ticking and the spectacular colours in the sky diminishing, I had to take emergency action and just plonk the tripod and camera down and capture the scene in front of me, I wasn't entirely happy with composition but it was necessary to get a shot. Once the colour had eased, I then had a little more time to tweak my composition in time for the golden light to come. I found a composition I was pleased with, got reset, had a brew and waited for the light. The morning light gently warmed the tops of the Scafell range in front of us, the sky still had some lovely colours and it looked gorgeous. I took a few images and then the sun got caught behind the cloud and that was all we got for golden hour, which was a pity, but the weather forecast suggested we wouldn't even get this.....so I shall not moan. After this we had a good scout around and got a really good feel for the location for the next visit. A good mornings work.  

Hard Knott Fell Sunrise colours - The old plonk it down technique.

Hard Knott Fell SunriseHard Knott Fell SunriseStunning colours over Englands tallest peaks, taken from Hard Knott Fell.

Hard Knott Fell Golden Hour - I was a little happier with this composition.

After this we headed back to the car and made our way to Wasdale. By this time it was absolutely red hot and we decided to park up at Wastwater and enjoy the sunshine while we had our lunch. It is such an amazing place, we pretty much had it to ourselves, apart from a Father and Son enjoying a spot of Kayaking. We then had a look at our options for our climb and drove to Wasdale Head. The walk didn't start as well as planned and 10 minutes from the car, we managed to get stuck in a farm yard with a rather stubborn gate. It must have been some sight seeing two grown men struggling to open a gate. Luckily a hardy cumbrian lass turned up on a quad bike and helped us get through the gate, she must have thought we were a right pair and you could see the smirk on her face. She opened the gate and sent us on our way and offered us directions for the way back......needless to say we made a sharp exit with tails between our legs. 

We had chosen the most direct route up the front of Gable, which in theory was a good idea, but it was very very steep and with heavy bags, 14°C heat and fleece lined walking trousers it became a very slow ascent, definitely need to improve my fitness levels and choose my walking attire a little better. The wind had really picked up and we had serious doubts about getting to the summit, so we made a plan to head to the pass in between Kirk Fell and Gable, which was about 800 feet form the summit, and decide what we should do. It was no surprise when we reached the pass that the winds were far to strong to attempt any photography, it would have been impossible and the threat of damaging expensive equipment made us reassess. So we decided to descend to a lower vantage point. We found a spot about half way down the mountain and where the winds weren't as strong. We still had a good few hours before sunset so we pitched up and enjoyed the sunshine and glorious view over Wastwater.

Late afternoon light flooding the Wasdale Valley

Wasdale ViewWasdale ViewLooking over Wasdale Head towards the beautiful Wastwater. The last of the days sunshine lights up the valley and Illgill head. This shot was taken half way up Great Gable.

As golden hour approached, we looked at potential compositions. This was fast becoming a really difficult shoot in very challenging conditions. We were shooting directly into the sun initially and this was causing all sorts of lens flare issues, this is when light is scattered within the lens and leaves visible artifacts on the image, some people like this look but I usually avoid this at all costs, its not a look I personally like. The wind was also a major issue, I had my camera set up as low to the ground as possible, to avoid camera shake from the wind gusts, which were very powerful, any slight movement to the camera would mean an image that was not sharp and would appear blurred. Anyway I had settled on a composition and I just need to wait for the light to get a little lower in the sky and soften slightly and I was on for a lovely image. I then had a change of plan when the sun suddenly beautifully lit the valley and cast a lovely shaft of light on to the flanks of Ling Mell. I quickly reached for the longer lens to get really close into my subject and getting closer in helped to avoid the lens flare. I used the river as a nice lead in towards Wastwater. I waited for the wind to drop and got my image. This, as it happens, was the best of the light on offer that evening and shortly after the sun sank behind the clouds and that was our lot, which was slightly disappointing as it had promised so much. So we waited a little while longer then decided to make the hike back to the car...... this time the correct way and avoiding any troublesome gates.





(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District. Fell Gable Great Hard Knott Lake Landscape Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/3/location Sat, 02 Mar 2019 21:31:35 GMT
Grasmere Workshop........behind the images. https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/1/grasmere-workshop-behind-the-images Last week I held a landscape photography workshop in Grasmere for Paul and Karen Simpson from Northallerton. It was a very enjoyable morning out with the camera and I thought I would give you all a 'behind the images' insight into the workshop. We had agreed on Grasmere as our location of choice and Paul and Karen where both keen on incorporating sunrise into the workshop. I met them at White Moss car park at 7am, this would allow us enough time to get set up and ready for sunrise. It was obvious, to me, on the journey from home and arrival at Grasmere that we were slap bang in the middle of a cloud inversion and that we would need to get a little elevation in order to get above it and hopefully enjoy some amazing conditions. So we decided to make the short trip up Loughrigg Fell to find a better vantage point. 

My hunch was correct and as we ascended Loughrigg Fell we got above the cloud line and the whole scene and spectacular views openend up infront of us. We reached a good vantage point and started to look at compositions and really working to the conditions we had. We decided that, while a wider view looked amazing, it wouldn't really work on camera, so we looked to simplify our composition and add impact by really focusing on a group of snow capped mountains and the detail and textures of the landscape. Once we had settled on a composition, we looked at the camera settings we needed to get our shot, set our focus and made sure we were ready for action and then just waited for the light to come. The morning light beautifully hit the fells and added real impact and texture to our scene. We reviewed our images to make sure they were correctly exposed, in focus and nice and sharp. 

First Light on the Langdales:

Langdale First Light The morning sun hits the snow capped Langdale Fells. We then, keeping the same view, looked at how the changing and developing light can also impact a scene and how it can add great depth, texture, contrasts and really lift an image. Again we were all composed and focussed and ready for the best light, it was just a matter of waiting for the right moment. We looked at using filters like a polarizer to add real 'pop' and a little bit of drama to the sky, which really worked well and helped the snowy mountains really stand out. This second image was taken about 15-20 minutes after the first and is such a different scene. The light which is highlighting different areas and leaving others in shadow really does add depth and layers to the image and gives it a really 3D look, I think this perfectly illustrates the importance of light on landscape photography.  

Langdale Contrasts:

Langdale Winter golden hourLangdale Winter golden hour Happy with the images we had in the bag, we decided to move location and take advantage of the mist and see if we could look for more detailed and intimate compositions within the bigger scene. You really can create some very striking images in these sort of conditions and I was hopeful that, even though we had missed the best of the light, we could still produce some great images. We looked at points of interest in the landscape like trees, different shapes and layers to create interesting and striking images. Both Paul and Karen picked out some wonderful images taking on this method and I was really impressed with the scenes they had found and perfectly composed. I picked out this scene from some lovely trees in the mist, I used the little road to add interest in the scene and along with the mists, snow and light offered fantastic contrasts and made for a really striking image.

Trees in the Mist:

Loughrigg MistsLoughrigg Mists

We were blessed with the most fantastic weather conditions, but we still had to make the most of them and I think we did. The main point I wanted to get across was to think a little outside of the box and not just try to cram the whole scene in to an image, which would have been the temptation. Instead we looked to pick out scenes from the bigger picture and create striking dramatic images. We looked to use layers and textures in the landscape to compose our images and used the available light to add real depth. Hopefully both Paul and Karen took something away with them that they can use moving forward in their photography. It was a wonderful morning and I very much enjoyed Paul and Karen's company and they were genuinely interested in learning and taking on board some of my advise and help.

If you are interested in a Landscape photography workshop then please contact me for more details.

Keep Smiling and cheers for now.






(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) District. Lake Landscape Photography Workshop https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2019/1/grasmere-workshop-behind-the-images Sat, 26 Jan 2019 20:19:31 GMT
Ding Ding.......Round 2. https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2018/9/ding-ding-round-2 Loughrigg Tarn splash  (1 of 1)Loughrigg Tarn splash (1 of 1) Well its been about a year since I made the decision to start selling my photography and in truth this first year was always going to be a gauge to see if there would be any interest beyond my family and friends. As fantastic and important as there support has been for me, ultimately that isn't the basis for success, so I was always curious to see if there would be sufficient interest for me to continue after this initial year. So I planned to do things as easy and with as little involvement as possible and if it didn't work out then I would have very little to lose and it would be easier to walk away and just continue to do what I love doing for me. I think its fair to say I approached selling my images with great reluctance to begin with and at the back of my mind I  always questioned was I good enough to make this step? Indeed my biggest fear would be that their would be little or no interest at all. The first year was designed to test this theory.

Well you will be pleased to know the first year has been a relative success, in fact better than I had hoped for, and certainly given me the confidence to believe that there is a place for me at the table. Maybe the biggest stumbling block to success has been from me, my reservations and self doubt, my fear to fail and my general reluctance to put myself out there. Year one has, to a degree, addressed a little of my anxieties. The website performed well with sales and general enquiries, I have started selling framed and mounted prints in TP Framework in Ulverston, my social media presence has grown and the overall positivity and feedback from everybody has been unbelievable. So with all this in mind, over the last couple of months I've been reviewing the last year and trying to plot the best route forward for Tim Dove Photography.

So what does the future hold? First and foremost continue where I left off from last year. I will continue to get out in the National Park as often and as much as possible to bring new images to the table and still continuing to improve my photography skills. The website, while good for the initial year  had it's limitations. I've addressed these limitations and the result is a new website, where I can sell and add new products and keep my pricing competitive. I have a blog facility so I can get regular content on the website and keep everybody up to date with all my stories and goings on. The website was the most crucial and logical place to start a fresh, I'm glad this is now drawing to a conclusion, so I can then move on to other areas which I would like to develop. I've also created a new logo, which will hopefully help with a bit of brand recognition. I'm hopeful this will be a year of real development.

All in all a positive year, the sales and general feedback has been wonderful and really given me a boost. On the subject of 'am I good enough' well I've learned to not pass judgement myself and I'll leave that to the people who have bought, enquired, enjoyed and supported me this far.....how can I argue with that? The reality is it's only me that can drive this train and it's only me who can derail it, it's in my hands to see how far I can go and you know what? I'm enjoying being in the driving seat.

Keep smiling.




(Tim Dove Photography - Lake District Photography) Lake District Framed Prints Tim Dove Photography https://www.timdovephotography.co.uk/blog/2018/9/ding-ding-round-2 Mon, 24 Sep 2018 13:30:47 GMT